--- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/Makefile +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +# build: update po files if needed and generate manpages +# +# clean: update po files if needed and remove existing +# generated manpages + +SUBDIRS=man1 man2a-m man2n-z man3a-f man3g-m man3n-s man3t-z man4 man5 man6 man7a-l man7m-z man8 + +# function to create links +# It uses ".so" inclusions, even if the original link is a symbolic link +# examples: +# $(call create_link,foo.1,bar.1) +# creates the link bar.1 pointing to foo.1 in fr/man1 +# $(call create_link,../man1/foo.1,bar.2) +# creates the link bar.2 in fr/man2 pointing to +# ../man1/foo.1, i.e. fr/man1/foo.1 +# creates the fr/man2 directory if needed +define create_link + echo -n "Creating link $(2) pointing to $(1)... "; \ + section1=`echo $(1) | sed -e "s/^.*\.\([1-9]\)\([^1-9.][^.]*\)*$$/\1/"`; \ + section2=`echo $(2) | sed -e "s/^.*\.\([1-9]\)\([^1-9.][^.]*\)*$$/\1/"`; \ + if ! expr $$section1 : "[1-9]" >/dev/null || ! expr $$section2 : "[1-9]" >/dev/null; then \ + echo "failed."; \ + exit 0; \ + fi; \ + if [ -e fr/man$$section1/$(1) ] && [ ! -e fr/man$$section2/$(2) ] && iconv -f utf8 -t latin1 fr/man$$section1/$(1) > /dev/null 2>&1; then \ + if [ ! -d fr/man$$section2 ]; then \ + mkdir fr/man$$section2; \ + fi; \ + echo ".so man$$section1/$(1)" > fr/man$$section2/$(2); \ + echo "done."; \ + else \ + echo "ignored."; \ + fi +endef + +all: build + +po4a-build: + set -e; \ + for subs in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + echo "po4a --previous po4a/$$subs/$$subs.cfg"; \ + po4a --previous po4a/$$subs/$$subs.cfg; \ + done; + +build: po4a-build post-build + +stats: + @for subs in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + echo -n "$$subs: "; \ + msgfmt -c --statistics -o /dev/null po4a/$$subs/po/fr.po; \ + done; + @for subs in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + LC_ALL=C msgfmt -c --statistics -o /dev/null po4a/$$subs/po/fr.po; \ + done 2>&1 | perl -e '$$f=$$t=$$u; while (<>) {if (/([0-9]*) translated/) {$$t+=$$1;} if (/([0-9]*) untranslated/) {$$u+=$$1;} if (/([0-9]*) fuzzy/) {$$f+=$$1;}} printf "%d translated, %d fuzzy, %d untranslated ==> %.2f%%\n", $$t, $$f, $$u, (100*$$t/($$t+$$f+$$u))' + + +clean: + @set -e; \ + for subs in $(SUBDIRS); do \ + po4a --previous -v --rm-translations po4a/$$subs/$$subs.cfg; \ + done; + -rm -f po4a/*/*/*~; + -rm -rf manpages/fr manpages-dev/fr + +post-build: + @for p in manpages manpages-dev; do \ + cd $$p; \ + sed -e 's,[^ ]*/\([^/ ]*\),\1,g' -e 's/\.gz//g' C/link | while read line; do \ + TARGET=`echo $$line | cut -d " " -f 1`; \ + LINK=`echo $$line | cut -d " " -f 2`; \ + $(call create_link,$$TARGET,$$LINK); \ + done; \ + cd ..; \ + done + --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/debian/control +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/debian/control @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +Source: manpages-fr +Section: doc +Priority: optional +Maintainer: Nicolas FRANCOIS (Nekral) +Uploaders: Thomas Huriaux +Build-Depends: debhelper (>= 7), po4a (>= 0.31) +Standards-Version: 3.8.1 +Vcs-Svn: svn://svn.debian.org/svn/pkg-manpages-fr/trunk +Vcs-Browser: http://svn.debian.org/wsvn/pkg-manpages-fr/trunk + +Package: manpages-fr +Architecture: all +Section: doc +Priority: optional +Suggests: man-db | man-browser, manpages-fr-dev, manpages-fr-extra +Description: French version of the manual pages about using GNU/Linux + This package contains the French translation of GNU/Linux manual pages + for these sections: + 4 = Devices (e.g. hd, sd). + 5 = File formats and protocols, syntaxes of several system + files (e.g. wtmp, /etc/passwd, nfs). + 7 = Conventions and standards, macro packages, etc. + (e.g. nroff, ascii). + . + Sections 1, 6 and 8 are provided by the respective applications. This + package only includes the intro man page describing the section. + . + The man pages describe syntaxes of several system files. + +Package: manpages-fr-dev +Architecture: all +Section: doc +Priority: optional +Recommends: manpages-fr +Replaces: manpages-fr (<= 2.31.1-1) +Suggests: man-db | man-browser +Description: French version of the development manual pages + These man pages are translations of the man pages which describe the + Linux programming interface, including these two sections: + 2 = Linux system calls. + 3 = Library calls (note that a more comprehensive source of information + may be found in the glibc-doc package). --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/debian/compat +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/debian/compat @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +7 --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/debian/watch +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/debian/watch @@ -0,0 +1,3 @@ +version=3 +opts="uversionmangle=s/-/./" \ + http://ftp.debian.org/pool/main/m/manpages/manpages_(.*)_all.deb --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/debian/changelog +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/debian/changelog @@ -0,0 +1,1032 @@ +manpages-fr (3.17.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream versions. + * 27588 translated, 2 fuzzy, 324 untranslated + * missing translations for: + - getifaddrs.3 (39/49) + - cpuset.7 (112/314) + - libc.7 (14/19) + - rtld-audit.7 (72/129) + * Pages are distributed in UTF-8, do not remove the pages which do not + iconv successfully to latin1. Added lintian override for those pages. + * Bumped Standards-Version to 3.8.1 (no changes). + * Bumped debhelper compatibility mode to 7 (dh_clean -k replaced by dh_prep) + + -- Nicolas FRANCOIS (Nekral) Sun, 19 Apr 2009 16:11:46 +0200 + +manpages-fr (3.15.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream versions. + * 26840 translated, 1 fuzzy, 234 untranslated + + -- Nicolas FRANCOIS (Nekral) Sat, 28 Feb 2009 16:27:58 +0100 + +manpages-fr (3.07.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream versions. + + Translation statistics: 25921t12f278u + + missing capabilities(7) and cpuset(7) + * Fixed typo in sched_setscheduler(2). Closes: #498148 + * Fixed typo in proc(5). Closes: #495088 + + -- Nicolas FRANCOIS (Nekral) Sun, 28 Sep 2008 16:43:01 +0200 + +manpages-fr (3.04.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream versions. + + -- Nicolas FRANCOIS (Nekral) Fri, 25 Jul 2008 01:33:35 +0200 + +manpages-fr (3.03.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream versions. + + -- Nicolas FRANCOIS (Nekral) Thu, 17 Jul 2008 23:43:29 +0200 + +manpages-fr (3.02.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream versions. + + -- Nicolas FRANCOIS (Nekral) Sun, 13 Jul 2008 18:24:06 +0200 + +manpages-fr (3.01.2-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream versions. + + -- Nicolas FRANCOIS (Nekral) Sun, 13 Jul 2008 17:59:44 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.80.1-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Add the TRANSLATION section in the random_r manpage. + + -- Nicolas FRANCOIS (Nekral) Thu, 12 Jun 2008 22:09:49 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.80.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream versions. + * po4a/*: Updated translations. + * debian/control: Bump Standards-Version to 3.8.0 (no changes needed). + + -- Nicolas FRANCOIS (Nekral) Thu, 12 Jun 2008 21:19:16 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.79.4-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream versions. + * debian/rules: sort the link files. + * debian/rules: create links to the final target. This avoid links to be + ignored because the target is created later in the build process. + * Harmonize translation of common strings. Remove obsolete translations. + + -- Nicolas FRANCOIS (Nekral) Fri, 02 May 2008 19:19:15 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.79.3-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream versions. + + -- Nicolas FRANCOIS (Nekral) Sat, 19 Apr 2008 14:20:26 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.79.2-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream versions. + + -- Nicolas FRANCOIS (Nekral) Fri, 04 Apr 2008 23:22:29 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.79.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * New upstream versions + * Add debian/watch file + * debian/control: add Vcs information + * Untranslate 'files' in the example of nsswitch.conf.5 (Closes: #469120) + * Install manpages in utf-8 + + [ Florentin Duneau ] + * Update man3a-f + * Fix iconv.3 translation (Closes: #464381) + + [ Simon Paillard ] + * Update man4 + + [ Nicolas François ] + * Makefile: Make the build fail if po4a fails. + * Finish to update all the translations to reach 100% + * Change Maintainer to myself. Added Thomas Huriaux to the Uploaders. + (With Thomas agreement). + + -- Nicolas FRANCOIS (Nekral) Tue, 25 Mar 2008 14:44:07 +0100 + +manpages-fr (2.67.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * New upstream versions (Closes: #417596) + * Bump Standards-Version (no changes needed) + + [ Julien Cristau ] + * Typo fix in readahead(2). Thanks, Samuel Thibault + * Update man7. + + [ Florentin Duneau ] + * Update man3a-f, man3g-m + * Fix memmove translation (Closes: #447632) + + -- Thomas Huriaux Sat, 29 Dec 2007 11:32:35 +0100 + +manpages-fr (2.64.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * New upstream versions + * elf.5: Add verbatim of initial translation notice (Closes: #445452) + + [ Simon Paillard ] + * Update man4 + + [ Florentin Duneau ] + * Update man3a-f, man3g-m + + [ Nicolas François ] + * Update man2n-z with the help of Stephane Blondon + * Update man2a-m, man3n-s, man3t-z, man5, man7a-l, man7m-z + * Cleaning after upstream fixes (see #404364) + + -- Thomas Huriaux Sat, 13 Oct 2007 11:32:02 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.62.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * New upstream versions + + [ Julien Cristau ] + * Update man2 from 2.55 to 2.61, man7 from 2.55 to 2.61. + + [ Nicolas François ] + * Add --previous to the po4a calls, and update the build dependency of po4a + to version 0.31 + * Update man3n-s and man3t-z + + [ Simon Paillard ] + * Update man4 + + [ Florentin Duneau ] + * Update man3g-m + + -- Thomas Huriaux Sat, 01 Sep 2007 12:00:03 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.57.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * New upstream versions + + [ Julien Cristau ] + * Update man2 and man7. + + [ Simon Paillard ] + * Update man4 + + [ Florentin Duneau ] + * Update man3a-f and man3g-m + + [ Nicolas François ] + * Update man3n-s and man3t-z as well as some part of the other sections + + -- Thomas Huriaux Sat, 14 Jul 2007 13:45:15 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.45.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * New upstream versions + * Rework addenda + + [ Julien Cristau ] + * Update man2a-m, man2n-z, man7a-l, man7m-z. + + [ Florentin Duneau ] + * Update man3a-f, man3g-m. + + [ Nicolas François ] + * Update man3n-s and man3t-z + + [ Simon Paillard ] + * Update man4 + + -- Thomas Huriaux Sat, 12 May 2007 17:28:49 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.43.0-1) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * New upstream version + * Unfuzzy man3n-s + * Proofread man3t-z + * Move manpages-fr-dev and manpages-fr-extra from Depends to Suggests + + [ Julien Cristau ] + * Update man2a-m, man2n-z, man7a-l and man7m-z. + + [ Florentin Duneau ] + * atexit(3): Fix posix implementation. Thanks to Julien Cristau. + * Update man3a-f, man3g-m. + + [ Simon Paillard ] + * Update man4 + + [ Nicolas François ] + * Update man3n-s and man3t-z + + -- Thomas Huriaux Sun, 15 Apr 2007 16:27:23 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.39.1-5) unstable; urgency=low + + * Various fixes, thanks to contributors of debian-l10n-french (especially + Nicolas François) + + -- Thomas Huriaux Sat, 3 Feb 2007 12:58:09 +0100 + +manpages-fr (2.39.1-4) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Nicolas François ] + * Do not translate parameters' name (`stream' in fwide.3). + * accept(2): The O_ASYNC flag is not inherited from the listening socket. + * gethostbyname(3): herror -> hstrerror + * ip(7): IP_RECVTTL -> IP_TTL + * socket(7): SO_RCVBUF -> SO_SNDBUF + * tcp(7): missing parenthesis + * tcp(7): tcp_fack is enabled by default, not disabled. + * tcp(7): SOL_IP -> IPPROTO_IP + * Check usage of E<.SM ...>, which should not be followed by dots. This + fixes issues in rpc(3) and des_crypt(3). + * Review based on the comparison of formatting tags (I<...>, B<...>, E<...>, + etc) between English and French strings: man2a-m, man2n-z, man3a-f, + man3g-m, man3t-z, man3n-s, man4, man5, man7a-l, man7m-z, man8. + + -- Thomas Huriaux Sun, 10 Dec 2006 22:34:10 +0100 + +manpages-fr (2.39.1-3) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * Fix an inconsistency in scandir.3, thanks to Remi Denis-Courmont + (Closes: #397971) + * Fix a typo in networks.5, thanks to Kevin Baradon + (Closes: #399262) + * Add a missing space in adjtimex.2 + * Fix a typo in mkdtemp.3 + + [ Nicolas François ] + * Quick review of man2a-m, man2n-z, man3a-f, man3n-s, man3t-z, + man4, man5. + + -- Thomas Huriaux Sun, 26 Nov 2006 21:46:35 +0100 + +manpages-fr (2.39.1-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * New maintainer. + * getopt.3: Typo. Closes: #392208 Thanks Rémi Denis-Courmont. + + -- Thomas Huriaux Tue, 10 Oct 2006 22:03:54 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.39.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * New original version: 2.39-1 + Manual pages are fully translated. + + [ Denis Barbier ] + * Update man3n-s. + The following translations are copied from man-pages-fr 2.39.0: + program_invocation_name.3 ptsname.3 queue.3 rcmd.3 remquo.3 + resolver.3 rexec.3 rpmatch.3 scalb.3 scanf.3 sem_close.3 + sem_destroy.3 sem_getvalue.3 sem_init.3 sem_open.3 sem_post.3 + sem_unlink.3 sem_wait.3 setnetgrent.3 sigpause.3 sigset.3 + sigsetops.3 sigvec.3 sockatmark.3 stdin.3 strerror.3 + strftime.3 strtok.3 + + [ Nicolas François ] + * Profread man2a-m and man2n-z + * Update man2a-m + update based on man-pages-fr 2.39.0 for: mq_getsetattr.2, futimesat.2, + fchownat.2, fchmodat.2, faccessat.2. + * Update man2n-z + Update based on man-pages-fr 2.39.0 for: nice.2, readlinkat.2, + remap_file_pages.2, sync_file_range.2, vfork.2. + * Update man7m-z + Update based on man-pages-fr 2.39.0 for: standards.7, tcp.7, uri.7. + * Update man7a-l + + [ Jean-Luc Coulon] + * Update man5 + + -- Denis Barbier Sun, 10 Sep 2006 00:08:48 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.38.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * New original version: 2.38-1 + * New version of po4a: + - build-depends on 0.27.2 + - fully rebuild PO files to take new changes in account + - add newly supported manpages (man.7, rpc.3, xdr.3, remap_file_pages.2) + + [ Julien Cristau ] + * Update man2a-m, man2n-z, man7a-l, man7m-z. + + [ Denis Barbier ] + * Update man3t-z + + -- Denis Barbier Sun, 13 Aug 2006 13:59:16 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.34.1-2) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Julien Cristau ] + * Update man2a-m, man7a-l and man7m-z. + + [ Florentin Duneau ] + * Fix no-break-space in man3a-f and man3g-m. + + [ Simon Paillard ] + * Update man4. + + -- Denis Barbier Tue, 18 Jul 2006 22:32:50 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.34.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Denis Barbier ] + * Update man3g-m and man3n-s. + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * New original version: 2.34-1 + * Build-Depends on po4a 0.26 and integrate newly supported manpages + * Split man7 into man7a-l and man7m-z + + [ Julien Cristau ] + * Update man2n-z. + + [ Florentin Duneau ] + * Update man3a-f. + + [ Simon Paillard ] + * Update man4. + + -- Denis Barbier Thu, 13 Jul 2006 23:42:39 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.33.2-2) experimental; urgency=low + + [ Denis Barbier ] + * Fix packaging, manpages-fr-dev was broken. + * man2n-z updated by Julien Cristau. + + -- Denis Barbier Mon, 26 Jun 2006 22:34:06 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.33.2-1) experimental; urgency=low + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * New original version + * Add versioned Build-Depends on po4a + + [ Denis Barbier ] + * Split manpages-fr into two source packages: + + manpages-fr: + The two binary packages manpages-fr and manpages-fr-dev contain + respective translations of manpages and manpages-dev packages. + + manpages-fr-extra: + All other manual pages which were previously shipped by manpages-fr. + + -- Denis Barbier Wed, 7 Jun 2006 23:40:06 +0200 + +manpages-fr (2.31.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Denis Barbier ] + * Fork man-pages-fr. Translations are now managed by po4a and maintained + by Debian translators on our debian-l10n-french mailing list. + Many pages have already been updated to manpages 2.31, including + waitpid.2. Closes: #350886. Thanks Samuel Thibault. + Current statistics are roughly 75% strings translated. + * debian/control: Add Build-Depends: po4a. Closes: #370130. Thanks + Daniel Schepler. + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * Sync coreutils translations with 5.96 + * Add new translations: + fsck.minix.8, thanks to Jean-Luc Coulon + setterm.1, thanks to Philippe Piette + + -- Denis Barbier Tue, 16 May 2006 01:13:13 +0200 + +manpages-fr (1.69.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * Add new translations for programs which are modified in Debian: + blockdev.8, thanks to Yves Rutschle; + cfdisk.8, w.procps.1, thanks to Jean-Luc Coulon; + mcookie.1, dmesg.8, thanks to Julien Cristau; + skill.1, thanks to Jean-Baka Domelevo-Entfellner; + mkrescue.8, thanks to Luc Froidefond; + namei.1, fdformat.8, thanks to Thomas Huriaux. + * Move exportfs.8 translation into a complete infrastructure for nfs-utils + * Remove the workaround needed to use dh_installman with manpages + containing a dot, as this problem has been fixed in debhelper 5.0.35. + Bump version in debian/control. + + [ Denis Barbier ] + * New upstream release. + * debian/control: Bump Standards-Version: 3.7.2, no changes are needed + + -- Denis Barbier Sat, 13 May 2006 23:34:14 +0200 + +manpages-fr (1.67.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Denis Barbier ] + * New upstream release. + * man3/scanf.3: Typos. Closes: #362260. Thanks Filipus Klutiero. + * man8/ld.so.8: Fix description of LD_LIBRARY_PATH and LD_AOUT_LIBRARY_PATH. + Closes: #363594. Thanks Vincent Ricard. + * debian/control: Bump Standards-Version: 3.7.0, no changes are needed + * debian/control: As reported by lintian, move debhelper dependency on + Build-Depends. + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * Add new translations for programs which are modified in Debian. + Thanks to contributors from debian-l10n-french: + crontab.1 xargs.1 kill.1 pgrep.1 pmap.1 pwdx.1 tload.1 uptime.1 + pkill.1 tar.1 arch.1 crontab.5 sysctl.conf.5 cron.8 sysctl.8 vmstat.8 + diff.1 diff3.1 cmp.1 sdiff.1 + Closes: #363135 + * Fix translation of grep manpage, thanks to Raphael Hertzog. + Closes: #364133 + + -- Denis Barbier Wed, 10 May 2006 00:08:47 +0200 + +manpages-fr (1.67.0-5) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * Add new translations for programs which are modified in Debian. + Thanks to contributors from debian-l10n-french: + at.1 atq.1 atrm.1 batch.1 locate.1 updatedb.1 + at.allow.5 at.deny.5 locatedb.5 + atd.8 activate.8 keytab-lilo.8 liloconfig.8 lilo_find_mbr.8 update-lilo.8 + + -- Denis Barbier Wed, 12 Apr 2006 21:58:44 +0200 + +manpages-fr (1.67.0-4) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * Add more updated coreutils manual pages. Thanks to many contributors + from debian-l10n-french: + nice.1 pr.1 pwd.1 runcon.1 sleep.1 split.1 sum.1 sync.1 tac.1 + tail.1 tee.1 test.1 touch.1 tr.1 true.1 tsort.1 tty.1 uname.1 + unexpand.1 uniq.1 unlink.1 users.1 wc.1 who.1 whoami.1 yes.1 + * Update to coreutils 5.94-1 + + [ Denis Barbier ] + * man1/intro.1: Fix path to translated HOWTOs. Thanks Pierre Machard. + Closes: #353972 + + -- Denis Barbier Sat, 11 Mar 2006 22:49:50 +0100 + +manpages-fr (1.67.0-3) unstable; urgency=low + + [ Thomas Huriaux ] + * Add more coreutils manual pages. Thanks to many contributors from + debian-l10n-french: + id.1 install.1 join.1 link.1 ln.1 logname.1 ls.1 md5sum.1 + md5sum.textutils.1 mkdir.1 mkfifo.1 mknod.1 mv.1 nl.1 nohup.1 + od.1 paste.1 pathchk.1 pinky.1 printenv.1 printf.1 ptx.1 + readlink.1 rm.1 rmdir.1 seq.1 sha1sum.1 sort.1 shred.1 stat.1 + stty.1 vdir.1 + + [ Denis Barbier ] + * man3/mbstowcs.3: Fix the description of the third parameter. Closes: #352888. + Thanks Rémi Denis-Courmont. + + -- Denis Barbier Sun, 19 Feb 2006 22:22:13 +0100 + +manpages-fr (1.67.0-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * This package is now maintained on svn.debian.org + * Use quilt to manage patches. + * Coreutils manual pages are translated into French with po4a. Thomas Huriaux + collects translations from debian-l10n-french contributors. + The following manual pages have been updated: + basename.1 cat.1 chcon.1 chgrp.1 chmod.1 chown.1 cksum.1 comm.1 + cp.1 csplit.1 cut.1 date.1 dd.1 df.1 dir.1 dircolors.1 dirname.1 + du.1 echo.1 env.1 expand.1 expr.1 factor.1 false.1 fmt.1 fold.1 + groups.1 head.1 hostid.1 + chroot.8 + * exportfs.8: New translation, by Sylvain Cherrier. + + -- Denis Barbier Sun, 5 Feb 2006 17:34:32 +0100 + +manpages-fr (1.67.0-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. + + -- Denis Barbier Thu, 29 Dec 2005 01:33:21 +0100 + +manpages-fr (1.66.0-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. + * Minor changes in packaging to consider manual pages from packages + with priority required or important rather than of section base. + + -- Denis Barbier Thu, 29 Dec 2005 00:22:00 +0100 + +manpages-fr (1.64.0-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * man1/hostid.1: Replace current translation by a new one generated + by help2man. Closes: #339499. Thanks Farzad FARID. + * man1/tr.1: Replace current translation by a new one generated + by help2man. Closes: #337216. Thanks Filipus Klutiero. + * man2/poll.2: Typos. Closes: #338558. Thanks Benoît Dejean. + * man3/pthread_mutexattr_init.3thr: Rename pthread_mutexattr_[sg]ettype_np + to pthread_mutexattr_[sg]ettype. Closes: #337456. Thanks Samuel Thibault. + * man3/strftime.3 man3/strptime.3: Add missing links in SEE ALSO section. + Closes: #339765. Thanks Samuel Thibault. + * man8/ld.so.8: Typo. Thanks Mohammed Adnène Trojette. + + -- Denis Barbier Wed, 7 Dec 2005 23:35:02 +0100 + +manpages-fr (1.64.0-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * man1/join.1: Default field separator is a dot, not a colon. + Thanks Marc Chantreux. Closes: #329790 + * man3/getcwd.3: Fix wrong description for some corner case. + Thanks Benoît Dejean. Closes: #334826 + * man1/dnsdomainname.1 man1/hostname.1 man1/iconv.1 man8/halt.8 + man8/poweroff.8 man8/rdev.8 man8/reboot.8 man8/swapon.8 man8/tune2fs.8: + Copy updated translations from traducmanfr. + * man5/modules.conf.5: Drop this translation which is too outdated. + * debian/compat: Bump debhelper compat level to 4. + + -- Denis Barbier Sat, 22 Oct 2005 22:13:22 +0200 + +manpages-fr (1.64.0-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream version. + * debian/rules: upstream translations are now UTF-8 encoded, they + are converted into ISO-8859-1 when building the package. + * man3/alloca.3: Fix description of failing allocations. Closes: #325896 + Thanks Benoît Dejean. + * man8/mount.8: Typo. Closes: #324980 Thanks Pierre Machard. + * man1/uname.1: Update flags to coreutils 5.2.1. Closes: #325552 + Thanks Jean-Luc Coulon + * debian/watch: update upstream URL. + + -- Denis Barbier Sun, 4 Sep 2005 00:24:29 +0200 + +manpages-fr (1.58.1-4) unstable; urgency=low + + * man1/split.1: Fix typo. + * man3/swab.3: Fix 3rd argument type in synopsis. Closes: #308676 + Thanks Thomas Girard + * man2/sendfile.2: Fix return value type in synopsis. + Thanks Benoît Dejean + * Fix lots of typos, many thanks to blurgk. Closes: #321234 + Modified files: + bash.1 intro.1 + fcntl.2 select_tut.2 sigaction.2 signal.2 sysctl.2 times.2 + gethostbyname.3 index.3 Index.3 malloc.3 memmem.3 mtrace.3 netlink.3 + pthread_atfork.3thr pthread_mutex_init.3thr pthread_sigmask.3thr + rand.3 scanf.3 strchr.3 strpbrk.3 strstr.3 syslog.3 wcschr.3 + wcscspn.3 wcsncmp.3 wcspbrk.3 wcsrchr.3 wcsspn.3 wcsstr.3 wmemchr.3 + epoll.4 + proc.5 + boot.7 tcp.7 + mount.8 + + -- Denis Barbier Wed, 10 Aug 2005 23:40:15 +0200 + +manpages-fr (1.58.1-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * man2/stat.2: Proofread. Closes: #306437 Thanks Olivier Guilyardi. + + -- Denis Barbier Thu, 28 Apr 2005 22:46:08 +0200 + +manpages-fr (1.58.1-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * man1/last.1: Fix typo. Closes: #305685 Thanks Filipus Klutiero + * man1/cp.1: Replace current translation by output of + "help2man -L fr_FR cp" after manual editing. Closes: #292763 + Thanks Nicolas STRANSKY. + * man7/locale.7: Improve translation. + * man2/sched_setaffinity.2 man3/basename.3 man3/ccos.3: The first .SH + section was missing. + * man8/sync.8 is now shipped by manpages-fr since English version + is found in the manpages package. + + -- Denis Barbier Tue, 26 Apr 2005 00:30:30 +0200 + +manpages-fr (1.58.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream version. + This version includes most of Debian patches, plus fixes in + pathchk.1 tr.1 + accept.2 getsockopt.2 kill.2 open.2 pause.2 select_tut.2 sync.2 wait4.2 + alloca.3 cabs.3 fclose.3 getopt.3 malloc.3 setbuf.3 strsep.3 + epoll.4 initrd.4 random.4 + shells.5 + New man pages: + clearerr_unlocked.3 conj.3 + intro.6 + iso-8859-2.7 iso-8859-7.7 iso-8859-9.7 iso-8859-16.7 + * Project page has moved to http://www.blaess.fr/christophe/man/ + Update debian/copyright and debian/watch accordingly. + * man3/ttyslot.3: Fix typo. Closes: #285227 Thanks Nicolas Bonifas + * man1/bash.1 man2/open.2 man4/epoll.4 man5/lilo.conf.5 + man6/intro.6 man8/mount.8: Typos + + -- Denis Barbier Mon, 27 Dec 2004 00:11:48 +0100 + +manpages-fr (1.58.0-8) unstable; urgency=low + + * man3/setbuf.3: Fix description of return values. Closes: #284640 + Thanks Frédéric Boiteux. + + -- Denis Barbier Wed, 8 Dec 2004 21:06:15 +0100 + +manpages-fr (1.58.0-7) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fix the --noleaf option in man1/find.1; thanks Cyril Olivier MARTIN. + * debian/copyright: Minor changes + * debian/watch: New file + + -- Denis Barbier Sat, 13 Nov 2004 22:01:07 +0100 + +manpages-fr (1.58.0-6) unstable; urgency=low + + * Urgency set to high to reach sarge, this package only contains + manual pages and causes no conflicts. + * Include more translations from + http://www.delafond.org/traducmanfr/mansupfr.tar.bz2 + initscript.5 inittab.5 modules.conf.5 sysctl.conf.5 + intro.6 + term.7 + badblocks.8 cfdisk.8 chat.8 mkfs.8 mkfs.minix.8 mklost+found.8 + pidof.8 pppdump.8 pppstats.8 ramsize.8 rdev.8 rootflags.8 + shutdown.8 swapoff.8 swapon.8 sysctl.8 vidmode.8 vmstat.8 + Closes: Bug#271704 Thanks Samuel Thibault + + -- Denis Barbier Tue, 19 Oct 2004 00:09:29 +0200 + +manpages-fr (1.58.0-5) unstable; urgency=high + + * Urgency set to high to reach sarge, this package only contains + manual pages and causes no conflicts. + * Fix man3/iconv.3 Closes: Bug#273349 Thanks Samuel Thibault + * man8/ld.so.8: Many spelling fixes, and update translation. + Closes: Bug#270289 Thanks Remi Moyen + * man1/find.1 man1/ls.1 man1/mkdir.1 man1/mkfifo.1 man1/rmdir.1: + Replace section number 1L by 1. + * Include translations from + http://www.delafond.org/traducmanfr/mansupfr.tar.bz2 + The same rules apply for these pages; in order to avoid conflicts + with other packages, only manuel pages shipped by manpages, + manpages-dev and packages in base without translations are shipped. + The following translations are included: + bashbug.1 clear.1 factor.1 free.1 gettext.1 gunzip.1 gzexe.1 + gzip.1 hostname.1 iconv.1 last.1 lsattr.1 mesg.1 ptx.1 seq.1 + sync.1 tsort.1 uptime.1 watch.1 xargs.1 zcat.1 zcmp.1 zdiff.1 + zforce.1 zgrep.1 zmore.1 znew.1 + Minor changes were made in some manual pages, a patch is available + in the source package, see the pagesdeman.patch file. + Thanks to Gérard Delafond and all translators for providing these + translations. + + -- Denis Barbier Mon, 11 Oct 2004 21:41:00 +0200 + +manpages-fr (1.58.0-4) unstable; urgency=medium + + * Provide a symlink environ(5) -> environ(7) because translated + man page is not displayed otherwise. + * Fix typos in man7/charsets.7 + * Translate fixes to man7/man.7 and man5/hosts.5 applied in + manpages 1.67-2 + * Fix man8/ldconfig.8 Closes: Bug#265015 Thanks Remi Moyen + * debian/control: Adds man-db as an alternative to man-browser in + order to comply with policy 7.4 + + -- Denis Barbier Tue, 24 Aug 2004 23:09:48 +0200 + +manpages-fr (1.58.0-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * Finally ship translated pthread_* man pages, it is unlikely that + glibc-doc will include them in sarge. Closes: Bug#168360 + * Add missing symlinks + + man1: + at.1 -> atq.1 atrm.1 batch.1 + grep.1 -> egrep.1 fgrep.1 rgrep.1 + + man2: + select.2 -> FD_CLR.2 FD_ISSET.2 FD_SET.2 FD_ZERO.2 + unimplemented.2 -> ftime.2 profil.2 putmsg.2 ulimit.2 + + man3: + encrypt.3 -> encrypt_r.3 setkey_r.3 + ether_aton.3 -> ether_hosttonn.3 + sincos.3 -> sincosf.3 sincosl.3 + sinh.3 -> sinhf.3 sinhl.3 + stdarg.3 -> va_copy.3 + tzset.3 -> daylight.3 timezone.3 tzname.3 + + man7: + icmp.7 -> IPPROTO_ICMP.7 + ipv6.7 -> PF_INET6.7 + netlink.7 -> PF_NETLINK.7 + packet.7 -> PF_PACKET.7 + raw.7 -> SOCK_RAW.7 + rtnetlink.7 -> NETLINK_ROUTE.7 + units.7 -> kibi.7 kilo.7 mebi.7 mega.7 gibi.7 giga.7 + unix.7 -> AF_LOCAL.7 AF_UNIX.7 PF_LOCAL.7 PF_UNIX.7 + x25.7 -> PF_X25.7 + * Some symlinks were present in the source tarball, but removed during + the build process because they had no English counterpart. They + are no more removed. + + man2: + klogctl.2 vm86old.2 + + man3: + CIRCLEQ_ENTRY.3 CIRCLEQ_HEAD.3 CIRCLEQ_INIT.3 + CIRCLEQ_INSERT_AFTER.3 CIRCLEQ_INSERT_BEFORE.3 + CIRCLEQ_INSERT_HEAD.3 CIRCLEQ_INSERT_TAIL.3 + CIRCLEQ_REMOVE.3 LIST_ENTRY.3 LIST_HEAD.3 + LIST_INIT.3 LIST_INSERT_AFTER.3 LIST_INSERT_HEAD.3 + LIST_REMOVE.3 NLMSG_ALIGN.3 NLMSG_DATA.3 + NLMSG_LENGTH.3 NLMSG_NEXT.3 NLMSG_OK.3 NLMSG_PAYLOAD.3 + NLMSG_SPACE.3 TAILQ_ENTRY.3 TAILQ_HEAD.3 TAILQ_INIT.3 + TAILQ_INSERT_AFTER.3 TAILQ_INSERT_HEAD.3 TAILQ_INSERT_TAIL.3 + TAILQ_REMOVE.3 __after_morecore_hook.3 __free_hook.3 + __malloc_initialize_hook.3 __memalign_hook. cacosf.3 + cacosl.3 cosf.3 cosl.3 frexpf.3 frexpl.3 mpool_close.3 + mpool_filter.3 mpool_get.3 mpool_new.3 mpool_open.3 + mpool_put.3 mpool_sync.3 tanhf.3 tanhl.3 + * Fix __realloc_hook.3 file name + * Fix nroff formatting in + man1/killall.1 man1/stty.1 man2/getrlimit.2 man2/sched_setscheduler.2 + man3/envz_add.3 man3/shm_unlink.3 man7/signal.7 + * Fix typos in + man2/signal.2 man3/exec.3 man3/getopt.3 man3/getrpcent.3 + * Add a MANIFEST file in the source package to keep track of shipped + man pages. + + -- Denis Barbier Sun, 30 Nov 2003 21:20:39 +0100 + +manpages-fr (1.58.0-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fix description of return value in strsep(3). + Closes: Bug#215078 Thanks Fred Boiteux. + + -- Denis Barbier Thu, 30 Oct 2003 22:07:18 +0100 + +manpages-fr (1.58.0-1) unstable; urgency=low + + Julien Louis: + - New upstream release. Version numbering has changed, it now + reflects the version upon which these translations are based. + Denis Barbier: + - Regenerate the list of original man pages against manpages 1.60-2. + - ps.1 was removed in this release. As it was marked as obsolete in + #139011, it is also removed from the Debian package. + (Closes: Bug#139011) + - All translations shipped in manpages-fr contain a note by Christophe + Blaess telling that he reviewed them in July 2003, except bash.1, + find.1, grep.1 and mailaddr.7. Only the first one seems to be + outdated, so flag it. + - Remove conjf.3 and conjl.3 since conj.3 is missing + - Dh_installman does not like trailing spaces in .so lines, so clean + up man3/c*.3 + - Bump Standards-Version: 3.6.1, no changes needed except recoding + this changelog into UTF-8. + + -- Denis Barbier Thu, 4 Sep 2003 23:08:00 +0200 + +manpages-fr (0.9.8-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fix typos in catopen(3), printf(3), regex(3), strsep(3), wcsnrtombs(3) + and pppd(8). These fixes were part of #194725, but I missed them. + Many thanks to Xavier Venient for pointing my mistake out. + * The man7/outdated.inc.7 fragment can be included to add a warning + into outdated translated man pages, explaining how to display original + ones. + * Flag ps(1) as obsolete. + + -- Denis Barbier Wed, 9 Jul 2003 23:04:12 +0200 + +manpages-fr (0.9.8-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fix typo in umask(2). Thanks to Mickael Marchand (Closes: #198227) + * Fix typo in fread(3). Thanks to Xavier Venient (Closes: #194725) + * Fix typo in man(7) + * Update grep(1). Thanks to Ludovic Rousseau (Closes: #115730) + * debian/control: Bump Standards-Version 3.5.10 (no changes needed) + * debian/control: Add a versioned build-dependency against debhelper + + -- Denis Barbier Fri, 27 Jun 2003 00:03:43 +0200 + +manpages-fr (0.9.8-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream version + + -- Denis Barbier Sun, 9 Mar 2003 23:23:27 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.9.7-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fix typo in accept(2), reported by Julien Danjou (Closes: #182346) + + -- Denis Barbier Mon, 24 Feb 2003 23:12:47 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.9.7-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Many developers of packages from base dislike shipping translated + manpages in order not to bloat the base system. I assume that if + such a package does not ship translated manpages, this is + deliberate and these manpages can be shipped by manpages-fr. + * Add pppconfig.8 (Closes: #92202) + Thanks Bruno Treguier. + + -- Denis Barbier Fri, 3 Jan 2003 23:43:57 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.9.7-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. + * Bump Standards-Version: 3.5.8 + + -- Denis Barbier Sat, 7 Dec 2002 18:02:49 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.9.5-2) unstable; urgency=low + + Julien Louis: + - Add undocumented(7) (Closes: #156477) + Denis Barbier: + - Change priority from extra to optional to prevent override disparity + - Set Suggests: man-browser + - Add translations of the devel man pages shipped in manpages-dev + - Fix typos in man3/pthread_mutex_init.3thr (Closes: #160962) + and man3/difftime.3 (bugreport 135227 reassigned to manpages-dev) + - Add lintian overrides because upstream changelog is written in + French and named changements.gz + + -- Denis Barbier Wed, 6 Nov 2002 08:15:45 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.9.5-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream release. (Closes: #161884) + * New maintainer, with permission from Vincent. + A public CVS repository has been set up to help collaborative efforts on + http://cvsweb.tuxfamily.org/cvs/?cvsroot=manpages-fr + * New or updated translated manpages. (Closes: #97466) + * Only provide translations of man pages found in the manpages package. + (Closes: #154796, #156222, #162077, #48562, #154701) + We will see later how to reintroduce translated man pages without + conflicting with other packages. + * Move environ(5) to environ(7) (Closes: #140768) + * Remove links from fr_XX. + * Converted to debhelper. + + -- Denis Barbier Wed, 6 Nov 2002 00:42:17 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.9.3-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * remove lpq manpage. + (Closes: #154796, #156222). + + -- Vincent Renardias Mon, 12 Aug 2002 14:06:21 +0200 + +manpages-fr (0.9.3-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * 347 new/updated pages from Gérard Delafond. + + -- Vincent Renardias Fri, 8 Mar 2002 19:30:20 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.9.3-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream version. + * New upstream package location. + + -- Vincent Renardias Thu, 21 Feb 2002 11:26:39 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.9-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Fix another dangling symlink. + (Closes: #125912). + + -- Vincent Renardias Thu, 21 Feb 2002 11:01:20 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.9-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream version (~200 additional pages). + * Remove extra Index files (Closes: #65669). + + -- Vincent Renardias Thu, 6 Dec 2001 18:15:08 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.8-1) frozen unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream version (fixes + more translations) + closes: #39206: /usr/man/fr_FR also used by netbase thus manpages-fr does not install properly + (That bug should have been flagged as important BTW) + closes: #56537: manpages should be in /usr/share/man/ not /usr/man (it seems..) + (also partly fixes bug #48562) + + -- Vincent Renardias Sat, 25 Mar 2000 12:46:01 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.7-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream version: Many new translated pages. + + -- Vincent Renardias Wed, 2 Jun 1999 12:38:59 +0200 + +manpages-fr (0.6-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * lintian clean: + - no more lengthy symlinks. + + -- Vincent Renardias Mon, 25 Jan 1999 05:42:31 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.6-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * New upstream version. + + -- Vincent Renardias Wed, 30 Dec 1998 20:02:30 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.5-3) unstable; urgency=low + + * Now only "Suggests:" 'man-db | man' (Fix bug #22483). + + -- Vincent Renardias Mon, 18 May 1998 20:22:39 +0200 + +manpages-fr (0.5-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Lintian Bug Report #19365: + * Update to standards 2.4.0.0. + * fix md5sums, copyright file. + * Fix #15893: translation buglet. + + -- Vincent Renardias Sat, 14 Mar 1998 20:03:18 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.5-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Upstream upgrade. + * Many new translation including pages from section 1. + + -- Vincent Renardias Sat, 8 Nov 1997 12:14:48 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.4-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Upstream upgrade (#11527). + * Many new translation including pages from section 1. + + -- Vincent Renardias Wed, 30 Jul 1997 21:27:21 +0200 + +manpages-fr (0.3-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Cosmetic change (fix Bug #9635). + + -- Vincent Renardias Fri, 9 May 1997 15:32:49 +0200 + +manpages-fr (0.3-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Upstream upgrade (73 new pages). + + -- Vincent Renardias Sun, 27 Apr 1997 16:33:24 +0200 + +manpages-fr (0.2-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Updated dependency to 'man-db|man'. + + -- Vincent Renardias Mon, 21 Apr 1997 15:17:23 +0200 + +manpages-fr (0.2-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Upstream upgrade (translation on section 3 added + many other updates). + + -- Vincent Renardias Sat, 19 Apr 1997 13:16:27 +0200 + +manpages-fr (0.1-6) unstable; urgency=low + + * Added cfdisk.8 manpage. + + -- Vincent Renardias Thu, 10 Apr 1997 21:03:10 +0200 + +manpages-fr (0.1-5) unstable; urgency=low + + * Removed postinst script. (Corrects Bug #5223) + + -- Vincent Renardias Tue, 17 Dec 1996 22:03:30 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.1-4) unstable; urgency=low + + * Corrected bad example in accept(2). (Corrects Bug #5835) + + -- Vincent Renardias Sat, 14 Dec 1996 04:13:33 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.1-3) frozen unstable; urgency=low + + * Changed some incorrect paths in /usr/doc. + (Corrects Bug #5748) + + -- Vincent Renardias Thu, 5 Dec 1996 02:25:55 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.1-2) unstable; urgency=low + + * Bug #5223 correction part 1 : + Added fr_CA, fr_CH, fr_BE, fr_LU aliases. + * Changed debian/rules to follow debstd evolution. + + -- Vincent Renardias Sat, 2 Nov 1996 02:50:23 +0100 + +manpages-fr (0.1-1) unstable; urgency=low + + * Initial Release. + + -- Vincent Renardias Wed, 23 Oct 1996 00:54:40 +0200 --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/debian/copyright +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/debian/copyright @@ -0,0 +1,434 @@ +This package was debianized by Denis Barbier and Thomas Huriaux +on 2006/05/31. This package was previously maintained by +Vincent Renardias (from Oct 1996 to Nov 2002). + +Up to manpages-fr 1.69.1, manual pages were downloaded from +http://manpagesfr.free.fr/download/ which is the official +translation in French, provided by Christophe Blaess and +Alain Portal. + +But some manual pages are modified in Debian, and it is +difficult to ensure that translations are accurate. For +these reasons, we decided to fork these translations and +manage them with po4a. Translations are now maintained +by various contributors of the debian-l10n-french mailing +list, based on previous translations by Christophe Blaess +and Alain Portal. + +The license of original manpages is listed below, extracted +from the Debian manpages package. + +======================================================================== + +The following license covers these manpages: + + arp(7), cmsg(3), ddp(7), fifo(7), icmp(7), ip(7), ipv6(7), + netdevice(7), packet(7), raw(7), rtnetlink(3), rtnetlink(7), + sendfile(2), socket(7), tcp(7), udp(7), unix(7), x25(7) + +Permission is granted to distribute possibly modified copies +of this page provided the header is included verbatim, +and in case of nontrivial modification author and date +of the modification is added to the header. + +======================================================================== + +The following license covers these manpages: + + INFINITY(3), _exit(2), abort(3), abs(3), access(2), acos(3), + acosh(3), adjtime(3), alarm(2), alloc_hugepages(2), arch_prctl(2), + asin(3), asinh(3), asprintf(3), assert(3), assert_perror(3), + atan(3), atan2(3), atanh(3), atexit(3), atof(3), atoi(3), + basename(3), bcmp(3), bcopy(3), bind(2), bsearch(3), bstring(3), + byteorder(3), bzero(3), capabilities(7), catgets(3), catopen(3), + cbrt(3), ceil(3), chdir(2), chmod(2), chown(2), chroot(2), + clearenv(3), clock(3), clock_getres(3), close(2), closedir(3), + confstr(3), connect(2), copysign(3), core(5), cos(3), cosh(3), + ctermid(3), ctime(3), difftime(3), dirfd(3), div(3), + dl_iterate_phdr(3), dprintf(3), drand48(3), drand48_r(3), dup(2), + dysize(3), ecvt(3), ecvt_r(3), erf(3), ether_aton(3), execve(2), + exit(3), exit_group(2), exp(3), exp10(3), exp2(3), expm1(3), + fabs(3), faccessat(2), fchmodat(2), fchownat(2), fcntl(2), + fdatasync(2), feature_test_macros(7), fexecve(3), ffs(3), + fgetgrent(3), fgetpwent(3), finite(3), flock(2), flockfile(3), + floor(3), fmod(3), fnmatch(3), fork(2), fpathconf(3), fpurge(3), + frexp(3), fseeko(3), fstatat(2), fsync(2), ftm(7), ftok(3), full(4), + futimes(3), futimesat(2), gcvt(3), get_mempolicy(2), getaddrinfo(3), + getcontext(2), getcwd(3), getdate(3), getdents(2), getdirentries(3), + getdomainname(2), getdtablesize(2), getenv(3), getfsent(3), + getgid(2), getgrent(3), getgrnam(3), getgroups(2), gethostbyname(3), + gethostid(2), gethostname(2), getipnodebyname(3), getline(3), + getlogin(3), getmntent(3), getnetent(3), getopt(3), getpagesize(2), + getpid(2), getprotoent(3), getpw(3), getpwent(3), getpwnam(3), + getresuid(2), getrlimit(2), getrusage(2), gets(3), getservent(3), + gettid(2), gettimeofday(2), getuid(2), getumask(3), getusershell(3), + getw(3), glob(3), gsignal(3), hier(7), hypot(3), idle(2), ilogb(3), + index(3), inet(3), inet_ntop(3), inet_pton(3), initgroups(3), + initrd(4), inotify(7), insque(3), iopl(2), isalpha(3), j0(3), + kill(2), killpg(3), ksoftirqd(9), ldexp(3), link(2), linkat(2), + llseek(2), locale(7), localeconv(3), log(3), log10(3), log1p(3), + log2(3), logb(3), lookup_dcookie(2), lrint(3), lround(3), + lsearch(3), lseek64(3), madvise(2), makecontext(3), malloc(3), + man(7), mbind(2), memccpy(3), memchr(3), memcmp(3), memcpy(3), + memfrob(3), memmem(3), memmove(3), memset(3), mincore(2), + mkdirat(2), mkdtemp(3), mkfifo(3), mkfifoat(3), mknodat(2), + mkstemp(3), mktemp(3), mmap(2), mmap2(2), modf(3), mount(2), + mouse(4), mprotect(2), mq_close(3), mq_getattr(3), mq_getsetattr(2), + mq_notify(3), mq_open(3), mq_overview(7), mq_receive(3), mq_send(3), + mq_unlink(3), msgctl(2), msgget(2), msgop(2), msync(2), nice(2), + on_exit(3), open(2), openat(2), opendir(3), path_resolution(2), + pause(2), personality(2), pipe(2), pipe(7), poll(2), + posix_fadvise(2), posix_fallocate(3), posix_memalign(3), + posix_openpt(3), pow(3), pow10(3), prctl(2), pread(2), profil(3), + psignal(3), pthreads(7), pty(7), putenv(3), putpwent(3), puts(3), + qecvt(3), qsort(3), quotactl(2), raise(3), rand(3), random(3), + re_comp(3), read(2), readahead(2), readdir(2), readdir(3), readv(2), + realpath(3), reboot(2), regex(3), remainder(3), remap_file_pages(2), + remove(3), rename(2), renameat(2), resolver(3), rewinddir(3), + rint(3), rmdir(2), round(3), scalb(3), scandir(3), sd(4), + seekdir(3), select(2), select_tut(2), sem_close(3), sem_destroy(3), + sem_getvalue(3), sem_init(3), sem_open(3), sem_overview(7), + sem_post(3), sem_unlink(3), sem_wait(3), semctl(2), semget(2), + semop(2), services(5), set_tid_address(2), setenv(3), seteuid(2), + setfsgid(2), setfsuid(2), setgid(2), setlocale(3), setlogmask(3), + setresuid(2), setuid(2), setup(2), shm_open(3), shmctl(2), + shmget(2), shmop(2), sigaction(2), sigaltstack(2), siginterrupt(3), + signal(2), signal(7), sigpause(2), sigpause(3), sigpending(2), + sigprocmask(2), sigqueue(2), sigreturn(2), sigset(3), sigsetops(3), + sigsuspend(2), sigvec(2), sigvec(3), sigwaitinfo(2), sin(3), + sinh(3), slabinfo(5), sleep(3), sockatmark(3), sqrt(3), st(4), + stat(2), statfs(2), statvfs(2), stdio_ext(3), stime(2), stpcpy(3), + strcasecmp(3), strcat(3), strchr(3), strcmp(3), strcoll(3), + strcpy(3), strdup(3), strerror(3), strfry(3), strftime(3), + string(3), strlen(3), strpbrk(3), strptime(3), strsep(3), + strsignal(3), strspn(3), strstr(3), strtok(3), strtol(3), + strtoul(3), strverscmp(3), strxfrm(3), suffixes(7), svipc(7), + swab(3), swapon(2), symlink(2), symlinkat(2), sync(2), syscalls(2), + sysconf(3), sysctl(2), sysfs(2), syslog(2), syslog(3), system(3), + tan(3), tanh(3), tcgetpgrp(3), tcgetsid(3), telldir(3), tempnam(3), + time(2), time(7), timegm(3), times(2), tkill(2), tmpfile(3), + tmpnam(3), toascii(3), toupper(3), trunc(3), tsearch(3), ttyslot(3), + tzset(3), ulimit(3), umask(2), uname(2), undocumented(3), units(7), + unlink(2), unlinkat(2), unlocked_stdio(3), uri(7), uselib(2), + usleep(3), ustat(2), utime(2), vfork(2), vhangup(2), vm86(2), + wait(2), wait4(2), write(2) + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this +manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are +preserved on all copies. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the +entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a +permission notice identical to this one + +Since the Linux kernel and libraries are constantly changing, this +manual page may be incorrect or out-of-date. The author(s) assume no +responsibility for errors or omissions, or for damages resulting from +the use of the information contained herein. The author(s) may not +have taken the same level of care in the production of this manual, +which is licensed free of charge, as they might when working +professionally. + +Formatted or processed versions of this manual, if unaccompanied by +the source, must acknowledge the copyright and authors of this work. +License. + +======================================================================== + +The following license covers these manpages: + + error(3), program_invocation_name(3), rpmatch(3) + +Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining +a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the +"Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including +without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, +distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to +permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to +the following conditions: + +The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be +included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. + +THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, +EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF +MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. +IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY +CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, +TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE +SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +======================================================================== + +The following license covers these manpages: + + futex(2), getnameinfo(3), grantpt(3), nfsservctl(2), ptsname(3), + stdin(3), tzfile(5), tzselect(8), undocumented(2), unlockpt(3) + +This page is in the public domain. + +======================================================================== + +The following license covers these manpages: + + MB_CUR_MAX(3), MB_LEN_MAX(3), acct(2), acct(5), adjtime(2), + adjtimex(2), aio_cancel(3), aio_error(3), aio_fsync(3), aio_read(3), + aio_return(3), aio_suspend(3), aio_write(3), ascii(7), bdflush(2), + bootparam(7), brk(2), btowc(3), cacheflush(2), cfree(3), charmap(5), + charsets(7), console_codes(4), console_ioctl(4), crypt(3), + dlopen(3), dsp56k(4), encrypt(3), environ(7), epoll(7), + epoll_create(2), epoll_ctl(2), epoll_wait(2), errno(3), fenv(3), + fgetwc(3), fgetws(3), fputwc(3), fputws(3), fs(5), ftime(3), ftw(3), + fwide(3), getgrent_r(3), getpass(3), getpwent_r(3), getsid(2), + getutent(3), getwchar(3), glob(7), group(5), hd(4), host.conf(5), + hosts(5), hsearch(3), iconv(3), iconv_close(3), iconv_open(3), + inotify_add_watch(2), inotify_init(2), inotify_rm_watch(2), + intro(4), intro(5), intro(6), intro(7), intro(8), ioctl_list(2), + ioperm(2), ipc(2), isatty(3), iso_8859-1(7), iso_8859-15(7), + iso_8859-16(7), iso_8859-2(7), iso_8859-7(7), iso_8859-9(7), + issue(5), iswalnum(3), iswalpha(3), iswblank(3), iswcntrl(3), + iswctype(3), iswdigit(3), iswgraph(3), iswlower(3), iswprint(3), + iswpunct(3), iswspace(3), iswupper(3), iswxdigit(3), koi8-r(7), + locale(5), lockf(3), login(3), longjmp(3), lp(4), mailname(5), + mblen(3), mbrlen(3), mbrtowc(3), mbsinit(3), mbsnrtowcs(3), + mbsrtowcs(3), mbstowcs(3), mbtowc(3), mem(4), missing(7), mlock(2), + modify_ldt(2), motd(5), mremap(2), nanosleep(2), networks(5), + nl_langinfo(3), nologin(5), nsswitch.conf(5), null(4), obsolete(2), + outb(2), perror(3), posixoptions(7), printf(3), proc(5), + protocols(5), ptrace(2), putwchar(3), ram(4), random(4), rtc(4), + sched_get_priority_max(2), sched_rr_get_interval(2), + sched_setaffinity(2), sched_setparam(2), sched_setscheduler(2), + sched_yield(2), securetty(5), setjmp(3), setsid(2), shells(5), + sk98lin(4), socketcall(2), stpncpy(3), strfmon(3), strnlen(3), + strtoimax(3), termcap(5), termios(3), towctrans(3), towlower(3), + towupper(3), tty(4), ttyS(4), ttyname(3), ttys(4), ualarm(3), + ungetwc(3), unicode(7), unimplemented(2), updwtmp(3), utf-8(7), + utmp(5), vcs(4), wcpcpy(3), wcpncpy(3), wcrtomb(3), wcscasecmp(3), + wcscat(3), wcschr(3), wcscmp(3), wcscpy(3), wcscspn(3), wcsdup(3), + wcslen(3), wcsncasecmp(3), wcsncat(3), wcsncmp(3), wcsncpy(3), + wcsnlen(3), wcsnrtombs(3), wcspbrk(3), wcsrchr(3), wcsrtombs(3), + wcsspn(3), wcsstr(3), wcstoimax(3), wcstok(3), wcstombs(3), + wcswidth(3), wctob(3), wctomb(3), wctrans(3), wctype(3), wcwidth(3), + wmemchr(3), wmemcmp(3), wmemcpy(3), wmemmove(3), wmemset(3), + wordexp(3), wprintf(3) + +This is free documentation; you can redistribute it and/or +modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as +published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of +the License, or (at your option) any later version. + +The GNU General Public License's references to "object code" +and "executables" are to be interpreted as the output of any +document formatting or typesetting system, including +intermediate and printed output. + +This manual is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, +but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of +MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the +GNU General Public License for more details. + +You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public +License along with this manual; if not, write to the Free +Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, +USA. + +======================================================================== + +The following license covers these manpages: + + accept(2), alloca(3), bindresvport(3), btree(3), daemon(3), + dbopen(3), elf(5), err(3), exec(3), fclose(3), fcloseall(3), + ferror(3), fflush(3), fopen(3), fread(3), fseek(3), fts(3), + futex(7), getloadavg(3), getpeername(2), getpriority(2), + getrpcent(3), getrpcport(3), getsockname(2), getsockopt(2), hash(3), + ioctl(2), killpg(2), listen(2), lseek(2), mdoc(7), mpool(3), + openpty(3), operator(7), popen(3), queue(3), rcmd(3), readlink(2), + recno(3), recv(2), rexec(3), rpc(3), rpc(5), scanf(3), send(2), + setbuf(3), setpgid(2), setreuid(2), shutdown(2), sigblock(2), + socket(2), socketpair(2), sstk(2), stdarg(3), stdio(3), strtod(3), + syscall(2), truncate(2), xdr(3) + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without +modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions +are met: +1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer. +2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright + notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the + documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution. +3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software + must display the following acknowledgement: + This product includes software developed by the University of + California, Berkeley and its contributors. +4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors + may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software + without specific prior written permission. + +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND +ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE +IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE +ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE +FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL +DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS +OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) +HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT +LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY +OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF +SUCH DAMAGE. + +======================================================================== + +The following license covers these manpages: + + __setfpucw(3), a64l(3), addseverity(3), argz_add(3), boot(7), + cabs(3), cacos(3), cacosh(3), canonicalize_file_name(3), capget(2), + carg(3), casin(3), casinh(3), catan(3), catanh(3), ccos(3), + ccosh(3), cerf(3), cexp(3), cexp2(3), cimag(3), clog(3), clog10(3), + clog2(3), clone(2), complex(7), conj(3), cpow(3), cproj(3), + creal(3), csin(3), csinh(3), csqrt(3), ctan(3), ctanh(3), + des_crypt(3), envz_add(3), fdim(3), fma(3), fmax(3), fmemopen(3), + fmin(3), fmtmsg(3), fpclassify(3), gamma(3), get_thread_area(2), + getgrouplist(3), getspnam(3), getttyent(3), hosts.equiv(5), + io_cancel(2), io_destroy(2), io_getevents(2), io_setup(2), + io_submit(2), isgreater(3), key_setsecret(3), lgamma(3), + malloc_hook(3), mempcpy(3), mkdir(2), mknod(2), mtrace(3), nan(3), + netlink(3), netlink(7), nextafter(3), pivot_root(2), putgrent(3), + remquo(3), rtime(3), set_thread_area(2), setaliasent(3), + setnetgrent(3), signbit(3), significand(3), sincos(3), sync(8), + tgamma(3), tty_ioctl(4), undocumented(7), unshare(2), xcrypt(3) + +Distributed under GPL. On Debian systems, the complete text of the GNU +General Public License may be found in `/usr/share/common-licenses/GPL'. + +======================================================================== + +The following license covers these manpages: + + LDP(7) + +Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of +this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice +are preserved on all copies. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this +manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the +entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a +permission notice identical to this one. + +Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this +manual into another language, under the above conditions for modified +versions, except that this permission notice may be included in +translations approved by the Free Software Foundation instead of in +the original English. + +======================================================================== + +The following license covers these manpages: + + regex(7) + +This software is not subject to any license of the American Telephone +and Telegraph Company or of the Regents of the University of California. +Permission is granted to anyone to use this software for any purpose +on any computer system, and to alter it and redistribute it, subject +to the following restrictions: +1. The author is not responsible for the consequences of use of this + software, no matter how awful, even if they arise from flaws in it. +2. The origin of this software must not be misrepresented, either by + explicit claim or by omission. Since few users ever read sources, + credits must appear in the documentation. +3. Altered versions must be plainly marked as such, and must not be + misrepresented as being the original software. Since few users + ever read sources, credits must appear in the documentation. +4. This notice may not be removed or altered. + +======================================================================== + +The following license covers these manpages: + + getitimer(2) + +May be freely distributed + +======================================================================== + +The following license covers these manpages: + + sysinfo(2) + +Permission is granted to freely distribute or modify this file +for the purpose of improving Linux or its documentation efforts. +If you modify this file, please put a date stamp and HOW you +changed this file. Thanks. + +======================================================================== + +The following license covers these manpages: + + pts(4) + +Redistribute and revise at will. + +======================================================================== + +The following license covers these manpages: + + pciconfig_read(2) + +May be freely distributed. + +======================================================================== + +The following license covers these manpages: + + getpt(3) + +Redistribute and modify at will. + +======================================================================== + +The following license covers these manpages: + + dir_colors(5) + +This file may be copied under the conditions described +in the LDP GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE, Version 1, September 1998 +that should have been distributed together with this file. + +======================================================================== + +The following license covers these manpages: + + mailaddr(7) + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted +provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are +duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, +advertising materials, and other materials related to such +distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed +by the University of California, Berkeley. The name of the +University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived +from this software without specific prior written permission. +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + +======================================================================== + +The following license covers these manpages: + + resolv.conf(5) + +Redistribution and use in source and binary forms are permitted +provided that the above copyright notice and this paragraph are +duplicated in all such forms and that any documentation, +advertising materials, and other materials related to such +distribution and use acknowledge that the software was developed +by the University of California, Berkeley. The name of the +University may not be used to endorse or promote products derived +from this software without specific prior written permission. +THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED ``AS IS'' AND WITHOUT ANY EXPRESS OR +IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE IMPLIED +WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. + --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/debian/rules +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/debian/rules @@ -0,0 +1,102 @@ +#!/usr/bin/make -f +export LC_ALL=C + +BUILDROOT = $(CURDIR)/build-tree + +build: build-stamp +build-stamp: + dh_testdir + make + # We used to only distribute the manpages which could be + # displayed on latin1. This is now mostly used to issue + # warnings. + # There are some pages that will fail on latin1 (e.g. the + # iso_8859-* manpages) + @for p in manpages manpages-dev; do \ + cd $$p/fr; for f in man*/*; do \ + [ -f $$f ] || continue; \ + d=$(BUILDROOT)/$$p/`dirname $$f`; \ + [ -d $$d ] || mkdir -p $$d; \ + cp $$f $(BUILDROOT)/$$p/$$f; \ + if ! iconv -f utf8 -t latin1 $$f > /dev/null; then \ + echo "File $$f cannot be converted into latin1"; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + cd ../..; \ + find $(BUILDROOT)/$$p -type f > debian/manpages-fr$${p#manpages}.manpages; \ + done + touch $@ + +clean: + dh_testdir + dh_testroot + dh_clean + make clean + -rm -rf $(BUILDROOT) + -rm -f debian/manpages-fr.manpages debian/manpages-fr-dev.manpages + -rm -f *-stamp + +install: build + dh_testdir + dh_testroot + dh_prep + dh_installdirs + dh_lintian + +# Build architecture-dependent files here. +binary-arch: build install +# We have nothing to do by default. + +# Build architecture-independent files here. +binary-indep: build install + dh_testdir + dh_testroot + dh_installdocs -i + dh_installchangelogs -i + dh_installman --language=fr -i + dh_compress -i + dh_fixperms -i + dh_installdeb + dh_gencontrol + dh_md5sums + dh_builddeb + +deb: + dpkg-buildpackage -rfakeroot -i'/\.svn|/\.git' + +get-orig-source: + @set -e; \ + for p in manpages manpages-dev; do \ + v=`dpkg -l $$p | grep ^ii | awk '{print $$3}' | sed -e 's/-/./g'`; \ + if [ -z "$$v" ]; then \ + echo "Package $$p not installed"; \ + exit 1; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + if [ -f ../manpages-fr_$$v.orig.tar.gz ]; then \ + echo "File ../manpages-fr_$$v.orig.tar.gz already exists!"; \ + exit 1; \ + fi; \ + for p in manpages manpages-dev; do \ + echo "Processing package $$p ..."; \ + rm -f $$p/C/man?/*.? $$p/C/link; \ + for f in `dpkg -L $$p | grep '^/usr/share/man' | grep '\.gz$$'`; do \ + if [ -L $$f ]; then \ + g=`readlink -f $$f | sed -e 's,/usr/share/man/,,'`; \ + echo $$g $$f >> $$p/C/link; \ + else \ + g=`echo $$f | sed -e 's,/usr/share/man/,,' -e 's/\.gz$$//'`; \ + zcat $$f > $$p/C/$$g; \ + fi; \ + done; \ + done; \ + echo "Sort the link files..."; \ + LC_ALL=C sort manpages/C/link > manpages/C/link.sorted; \ + mv manpages/C/link.sorted manpages/C/link; \ + LC_ALL=C sort manpages-dev/C/link > manpages-dev/C/link.sorted; \ + mv manpages-dev/C/link.sorted manpages-dev/C/link; \ + echo "Generating ../manpages-fr_$$v.orig.tar.gz ..."; \ + tar cf - --exclude=.svn manpages/C manpages-dev/C | gzip -9 -c > ../manpages-fr_$$v.orig.tar.gz + +binary: binary-indep binary-arch +.PHONY: build clean binary-indep binary-arch binary install configure --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/debian/README.Debian-source +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/debian/README.Debian-source @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Generation of the source tarball +================================ + +The source tarball for manpages-fr is obtained by copying +manual pages from the manpages and manpages-dev packages. +Link names are stored in a file, and plain manual pages are +uncompressed. See the get-orig-source target in debian/rules. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/debian/manpages-fr.lintian-overrides +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/debian/manpages-fr.lintian-overrides @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +# These pages are known to be latin1 incompatible: +manpages-fr binary: manpage-has-errors-from-man usr/share/man/fr/man7/cp1251.7.gz* +manpages-fr binary: manpage-has-errors-from-man usr/share/man/fr/man7/iso_8859-10.7.gz* +manpages-fr binary: manpage-has-errors-from-man usr/share/man/fr/man7/iso_8859-14.7.gz* +manpages-fr binary: manpage-has-errors-from-man usr/share/man/fr/man7/iso_8859-15.7.gz* +manpages-fr binary: manpage-has-errors-from-man usr/share/man/fr/man7/iso_8859-16.7.gz* +manpages-fr binary: manpage-has-errors-from-man usr/share/man/fr/man7/iso_8859-2.7.gz* +manpages-fr binary: manpage-has-errors-from-man usr/share/man/fr/man7/iso_8859-3.7.gz* +manpages-fr binary: manpage-has-errors-from-man usr/share/man/fr/man7/iso_8859-5.7.gz* +manpages-fr binary: manpage-has-errors-from-man usr/share/man/fr/man7/iso_8859-7.7.gz* +manpages-fr binary: manpage-has-errors-from-man usr/share/man/fr/man7/iso_8859-8.7.gz* +manpages-fr binary: manpage-has-errors-from-man usr/share/man/fr/man7/iso_8859-9.7.gz* +manpages-fr binary: manpage-has-errors-from-man usr/share/man/fr/man7/koi8-r.7.gz* +manpages-fr binary: manpage-has-errors-from-man usr/share/man/fr/man7/koi8-u.7.gz* --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/paillard.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/paillard.add @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.PP +Les mises à jour et corrections de la version présente dans Debian +sont directement gérées par +Simon Paillard +et l'équipe francophone de traduction de Debian. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/guerard.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/guerard.add @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.SH TRADUCTION +Cette page de manuel a été traduite par +Jean-Philippe Guérard en 2005, puis +révisée par Alain Portal en 2006, +et mise à disposition sur \fBhttp://manpagesfr.free.fr/\fR. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/francois-trad.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/francois-trad.add @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.SH TRADUCTION +Cette page de manuel a été traduite et est maintenue par +Nicolas François +et l'équipe francophone de traduction de Debian. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/vignaud.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/vignaud.add @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.SH TRADUCTION +Cette page de manuel a été traduite par +Thierry Vignaud en 2002, +puis a été mise à jour par +Alain Portal jusqu'en 2006, +et mise à disposition sur \fBhttp://manpagesfr.free.fr/\fR. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/lesalon.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/lesalon.add @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.SH TRADUCTION +Cette page de manuel a été traduite par +Isabelle Lesalon et François Poulain + en 2006, puis révisée par +Alain Portal en 2006, +et mise à disposition sur \fBhttp://manpagesfr.free.fr/\fR. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/rafin.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/rafin.add @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.SH TRADUCTION +Cette page de manuel a été traduite par +Stéphan Rafin en 2002, +puis a été mise à jour par +Alain Portal jusqu'en 2006, +et mise à disposition sur \fBhttp://manpagesfr.free.fr/\fR. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/coulon.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/coulon.add @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.PP +Les mises à jour et corrections de la version présente dans Debian +sont directement gérées par +Jean\-Luc Coulon (f5ibh) +et l'équipe francophone de traduction de Debian. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.PP +Veuillez signaler toute erreur de traduction en écrivant à + ou par un rapport de bogue sur +le paquet manpages\-fr. +.PP +Vous pouvez toujours avoir accès à la version anglaise de ce document en +utilisant la commande +«\ \fBman\ \-L C\fR \fI
\fR\ \fI\fR\ ». --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/portal.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/portal.add @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.SH TRADUCTION +Cette page de manuel a été traduite et mise à jour par +Alain Portal entre 2004 et 2006, +et mise à disposition sur \fBhttp://manpagesfr.free.fr/\fR. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/cristau-trad.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/cristau-trad.add @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.SH TRADUCTION +Cette page de manuel a été traduite et est maintenue par +Julien Cristau +et l'équipe francophone de traduction de Debian. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/francois.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/francois.add @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.PP +Les mises à jour et corrections de la version présente dans Debian +sont directement gérées par +Nicolas François +et l'équipe francophone de traduction de Debian. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/licence-elf.5.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/licence-elf.5.add @@ -0,0 +1,29 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=before;position=^.\\"Redistribution;endboundary=^.\\"Redistribution +.\"Copyright (c) 2005-2006 Jean-Philippe Guérard pour la v.f. +.\"Tous droits réservés. +.\" +.\"Sont autorisées la redistribution et l'utilisation, en format +.\"source et binaire, avec ou sans modifications, du moment que les +.\"conditions suivantes sont respectées : +.\"1. La redistribution du code source doit conserver la mention +.\" du copyright, cette liste de conditions et le texte ci-dessous +.\" précisant les limitations de responsabilité. +.\"2. La redistribution en format binaire doit reproduire la mention +.\" du copyright, cette liste de conditions et le texte ci-dessous +.\" précisant les limitations de responsabilité, dans la +.\" documentation ou dans les documents accompagnant la distribution. +.\" +.\"CE LOGICIEL EST FOURNI PAR L'AUTEUR ET LES CONTRIBUTEURS « TEL QUEL » +.\"ET SANS AUCUNE GARANTIE, EXPLICITE OU IMPLICITE, Y COMPRIS (MAIS PAS +.\"UNIQUEMENT) LES GARANTIES IMPLICITES D'ADAPTATION À UN BUT +.\"PARTICULIER ET DE COMMERCIALISATION. EN AUCUN CAS LES AUTEURS OU +.\"LES CONTRIBUTEURS NE PEUVENT ÊTRE TENUS RESPONSABLES DE TOUS DOMMAGES +.\"DIRECTS, INDIRECTS, ACCIDENTELS, SPÉCIAUX, EXEMPLAIRES OU CONSÉQUENTS +.\"(Y COMPRIS, MAIS PAS UNIQUEMENT, LE REMPLACEMENT DES BIENS OU +.\"DES SERVICES, LA PERTE D'UTILISATION, DE DONNÉES OU DE BÉNÉFICES, OU +.\"L'INTERRUPTION DU TRAVAIL), SURVENUS SUITE À L'UTILISATION DE CE +.\"LOGICIEL, MÊME S'ILS EN ONT ÉTÉ AVERTIS, QUELQUE SOIT LA FAÇON DONT +.\"CEUX-CI ONT ÉTÉ CAUSÉ ET QUELQUE SOIT LE PRINCIPE DE RESPONSABILITÉ, +.\"QU'ELLE SOIT CONTRACTUELLE, STRICT, OU AUX DÉPENDS (Y COMPRIS EN +.\"AUTRES LA NÉGLIGENCE). +.\" --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/duneau-trad.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/duneau-trad.add @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.SH TRADUCTION +Cette page de manuel a été traduite et est maintenue par +Florentin Duneau +et l'équipe francophone de traduction de Debian. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/portal2006.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/portal2006.add @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.SH TRADUCTION +Cette page de manuel a été traduite par Alain Portal + en 2006, +et mise à disposition sur \fBhttp://manpagesfr.free.fr/\fR. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/blaess.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/blaess.add @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.SH TRADUCTION +Cette page de manuel a été traduite et mise à jour par +Christophe Blaess entre 1996 et 2003, +puis par Alain Portal jusqu'en 2006, +et mise à disposition sur \fBhttp://manpagesfr.free.fr/\fR. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/cristau.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/cristau.add @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.PP +Les mises à jour et corrections de la version présente dans Debian +sont directement gérées par +Julien Cristau +et l'équipe francophone de traduction de Debian. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/portal2008.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/portal2008.add @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.SH TRADUCTION +Cette page de manuel a été traduite par Alain Portal + en 2008, +et mise à disposition sur \fBhttp://manpagesfr.free.fr/\fR. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/addendum-mdoc.fr +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/addendum-mdoc.fr @@ -0,0 +1,9 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.Sh NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.Pp +Veuillez signaler toute erreur de traduction en écrivant à + ou par un rapport de bogue sur +le paquet manpages\-fr. +.Pp +Vous pouvez toujours avoir accès à la version anglaise de ce document en +utilisant la commande +«\ \fBman\ \-L C\fR \fI
\fR\ \fI\fR\ ». --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/duneau.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/duneau.add @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.PP +Les mises à jour et corrections de la version présente dans Debian +sont directement gérées par +Florentin Duneau +et l'équipe francophone de traduction de Debian. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/cristau-trad-mdoc.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/cristau-trad-mdoc.add @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.Sh NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.Sh TRADUCTION +Cette page de manuel a été traduite et est maintenue par +Julien Cristau +et l'équipe francophone de traduction de Debian. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/huriaux.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/huriaux.add @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.PP +Les mises à jour et corrections de la version présente dans Debian +sont directement gérées par +Thomas Huriaux +et l'équipe francophone de traduction de Debian. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/micaux.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/micaux.add @@ -0,0 +1,6 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.SH TRADUCTION +Cette page de manuel a été traduite par +François Micaux en 2003, puis a été mise à jour par +Alain Portal jusqu'en 2006, +et mise à disposition sur \fBhttp://manpagesfr.free.fr/\fR. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/mdoc-fix.mdoc.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/mdoc-fix.mdoc.add @@ -0,0 +1,2 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=before;position=^.Dd +.TH MDOC 7 "11 juillet 1999" "Linux" "Manuel d'informations diverses BSD" --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/add_fr/coulon-trad.add +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/add_fr/coulon-trad.add @@ -0,0 +1,5 @@ +PO4A-HEADER:mode=after;position=^\.SH NOM;beginboundary=^FakePo4aBoundary +.SH TRADUCTION +Cette page de manuel a été traduite et est maintenue par +Jean-Luc Coulon (f5ibh) +et l'équipe francophone de traduction de Debian. --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/man4/man4.cfg +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/man4/man4.cfg @@ -0,0 +1,99 @@ +[po4a_paths] po4a/man4/po/man4.pot fr:po4a/man4/po/fr.po + +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/console_codes.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/console_ioctl.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/dsp56k.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/full.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/full.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/hd.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/hd.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/initrd.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/initrd.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/intro.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/intro.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/lp.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/lp.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/mem.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/mem.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/mouse.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/mouse.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/null.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/null.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/pts.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/pts.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/ram.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/ram.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/random.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/random.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/rtc.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/rtc.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/sd.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/sd.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/sk98lin.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/portal.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/st.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/st.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr \ + opt:"-M iso-8859-1" +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/tty.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/tty.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/tty_ioctl.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/ttys.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/ttys.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/ttyS.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/ttyS.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/vcs.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/vcs.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr +[type: man] manpages/C/man4/wavelan.4 \ + fr:manpages/fr/man4/wavelan.4 \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/blaess.add add_fr:po4a/add_fr/paillard.add \ + add_fr:po4a/add_fr/addendum.fr --- manpages-fr-3.17.1.orig/po4a/man4/po/man4.pot +++ manpages-fr-3.17.1/po4a/man4/po/man4.pot @@ -0,0 +1,9423 @@ +# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE +# Copyright (C) YEAR Free Software Foundation, Inc. +# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package. +# FIRST AUTHOR , YEAR. +# +#, fuzzy +msgid "" +msgstr "" +"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-03-01 12:00+0100\n" +"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" +"Last-Translator: FULL NAME \n" +"Language-Team: LANGUAGE \n" +"MIME-Version: 1.0\n" +"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=utf-8\n" +"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODING" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "CONSOLE_CODES" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:22 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2008-01-01" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:22 manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:39 +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:26 manpages/C/man4/full.4:26 +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:28 manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:34 +#: manpages/C/man4/intro.4:25 manpages/C/man4/lp.4:26 manpages/C/man4/mem.4:25 +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:25 manpages/C/man4/null.4:25 +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:6 manpages/C/man4/ram.4:25 +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:17 manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:29 +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:24 manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:25 +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:23 manpages/C/man4/tty.4:27 +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:5 manpages/C/man4/ttys.4:24 +#: manpages/C/man4/ttyS.4:25 manpages/C/man4/vcs.4:28 +#: manpages/C/man4/wavelan.4:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Linux" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:22 manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:39 +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:26 manpages/C/man4/full.4:26 +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:28 manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:34 +#: manpages/C/man4/intro.4:25 manpages/C/man4/lp.4:26 manpages/C/man4/mem.4:25 +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:25 manpages/C/man4/null.4:25 +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:6 manpages/C/man4/ram.4:25 +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:17 manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:29 +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:24 manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:25 +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:23 manpages/C/man4/tty.4:27 +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:5 manpages/C/man4/ttys.4:24 +#: manpages/C/man4/ttyS.4:25 manpages/C/man4/vcs.4:28 +#: manpages/C/man4/wavelan.4:11 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Linux Programmer's Manual" +msgstr "" + +# +#. NAME part +#. type: SH +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:23 manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:40 +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:27 manpages/C/man4/full.4:27 +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:29 manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:35 +#: manpages/C/man4/intro.4:26 manpages/C/man4/lp.4:27 manpages/C/man4/mem.4:26 +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:26 manpages/C/man4/null.4:26 +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:7 manpages/C/man4/ram.4:26 +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:18 manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:30 +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:25 manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:26 +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:24 manpages/C/man4/tty.4:28 +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:6 manpages/C/man4/ttys.4:25 +#: manpages/C/man4/ttyS.4:26 manpages/C/man4/vcs.4:29 +#: manpages/C/man4/wavelan.4:15 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NAME" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:25 +msgid "console_codes - Linux console escape and control sequences" +msgstr "" + +#. type: SH +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:25 manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:42 +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:45 manpages/C/man4/full.4:37 +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:31 manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:70 +#: manpages/C/man4/intro.4:28 manpages/C/man4/lp.4:42 manpages/C/man4/mem.4:28 +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:32 manpages/C/man4/null.4:28 +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:9 manpages/C/man4/ram.4:28 +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:20 manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:36 +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:69 manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:60 +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:35 manpages/C/man4/tty.4:30 +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:12 manpages/C/man4/ttys.4:27 +#: manpages/C/man4/ttyS.4:28 manpages/C/man4/vcs.4:31 +#: manpages/C/man4/wavelan.4:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DESCRIPTION" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:32 +msgid "" +"The Linux console implements a large subset of the VT102 and ECMA-48/ISO " +"6429/ANSI X3.64 terminal controls, plus certain private-mode sequences for " +"changing the color palette, character-set mapping, etc. In the tabular " +"descriptions below, the second column gives ECMA-48 or DEC mnemonics (the " +"latter if prefixed with DEC) for the given function. Sequences without a " +"mnemonic are neither ECMA-48 nor VT102." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:37 +msgid "" +"After all the normal output processing has been done, and a stream of " +"characters arrives at the console driver for actual printing, the first " +"thing that happens is a translation from the code used for processing to the " +"code used for printing." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:43 +msgid "" +"If the console is in UTF-8 mode, then the incoming bytes are first assembled " +"into 16-bit Unicode codes. Otherwise each byte is transformed according to " +"the current mapping table (which translates it to a Unicode value). See the " +"B section below for discussion." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:49 +msgid "" +"In the normal case, the Unicode value is converted to a font index, and this " +"is stored in video memory, so that the corresponding glyph (as found in " +"video ROM) appears on the screen. Note that the use of Unicode (and the " +"design of the PC hardware) allows us to use 512 different glyphs " +"simultaneously." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:56 +msgid "" +"If the current Unicode value is a control character, or we are currently " +"processing an escape sequence, the value will treated specially. Instead of " +"being turned into a font index and rendered as a glyph, it may trigger " +"cursor movement or other control functions. See the B section below for discussion." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:68 +msgid "" +"It is generally not good practice to hard-wire terminal controls into " +"programs. Linux supports a B(5) database of terminal " +"capabilities. Rather than emitting console escape sequences by hand, you " +"will almost always want to use a terminfo-aware screen library or utility " +"such as B(3), B(1), or B(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Linux Console Controls" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:72 +msgid "" +"This section describes all the control characters and escape sequences that " +"invoke special functions (i.e., anything other than writing a glyph at the " +"current cursor location) on the Linux console." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:74 +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:85 +msgid "" +"A character is a control character if (before transformation according to " +"the mapping table) it has one of the 14 codes 00 (NUL), 07 (BEL), 08 (BS), " +"09 (HT), 0a (LF), 0b (VT), 0c (FF), 0d (CR), 0e (SO), 0f (SI), 18 (CAN), 1a " +"(SUB), 1b (ESC), 7f (DEL). One can set a \"display control characters\" " +"mode (see below), and allow 07, 09, 0b, 18, 1a, 7f to be displayed as " +"glyphs. On the other hand, in UTF-8 mode all codes 00-1f are regarded as " +"control characters, regardless of any \"display control characters\" mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:94 +msgid "" +"If we have a control character, it is acted upon immediately and then " +"discarded (even in the middle of an escape sequence) and the escape " +"sequence continues with the next character. (However, ESC starts a new " +"escape sequence, possibly aborting a previous unfinished one, and CAN and " +"SUB abort any escape sequence.) The recognized control characters are BEL, " +"BS, HT, LF, VT, FF, CR, SO, SI, CAN, SUB, ESC, DEL, CSI. They do what one " +"would expect:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:96 +msgid "BEL (0x07, B<^G>) beeps;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:99 +msgid "" +"BS (0x08, B<^H>) backspaces one column (but not past the beginning of the " +"line);" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:102 +msgid "" +"HT (0x09, B<^I>) goes to the next tab stop or to the end of the line if " +"there is no earlier tab stop;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:106 +msgid "" +"LF (0x0A, B<^J>), VT (0x0B, B<^K>) and FF (0x0C, B<^L>) all give a linefeed, " +"and if LF/NL (new-line mode) is set also a carriage return;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:108 +msgid "CR (0x0D, B<^M>) gives a carriage return;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:110 +msgid "SO (0x0E, B<^N>) activates the G1 character set;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:112 +msgid "SI (0x0F, B<^O>) activates the G0 character set;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:114 +msgid "CAN (0x18, B<^X>) and SUB (0x1A, B<^Z>) interrupt escape sequences;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:116 +msgid "ESC (0x1B, B<^[>) starts an escape sequence;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:118 +msgid "DEL (0x7F) is ignored;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:120 +msgid "CSI (0x9B) is equivalent to ESC [." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:122 +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC c\tRIS\tReset.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC D\tIND\tLinefeed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC E\tNEL\tNewline.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:127 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC H\tHTS\tSet tab stop at current column.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC M\tRI\tReverse linefeed.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:129 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC Z\tDECID\tT{\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DEC private identification. The kernel\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:131 +#, no-wrap +msgid "returns the string ESC [ ? 6 c, claiming\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:132 +#, no-wrap +msgid "that it is a VT102.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:133 manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:137 +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:162 manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:239 +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:245 manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:249 +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:256 +#, no-wrap +msgid "T}\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:134 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC 7\tDECSC\tT{\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:135 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Save current state (cursor coordinates,\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:136 +#, no-wrap +msgid "attributes, character sets pointed at by G0, G1).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:138 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC 8\tDECRC\tRestore state most recently saved by ESC 7.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:139 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [\tCSI\tControl sequence introducer\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC %\t\tStart sequence selecting character set\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC % @\t\t\\0\\0\\0Select default (ISO 646 / ISO 8859-1)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:142 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC % G\t\t\\0\\0\\0Select UTF-8\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC % 8\t\t\\0\\0\\0Select UTF-8 (obsolete)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC # 8\tDECALN\tDEC screen alignment test - fill screen with E's.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC (\t\tStart sequence defining G0 character set\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC ( B\t\t\\0\\0\\0Select default (ISO 8859-1 mapping)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC ( 0\t\t\\0\\0\\0Select VT100 graphics mapping\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:148 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC ( U\t\t\\0\\0\\0Select null mapping - straight to character ROM\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC ( K\t\t\\0\\0\\0Select user mapping - the map that is loaded by\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:150 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t\t\\0\\0\\0the utility B(8).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:151 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC )\t\tStart sequence defining G1\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:152 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t\t(followed by one of B, 0, U, K, as above).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC E\tDECPNM\tSet numeric keypad mode\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:154 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC =\tDECPAM\tSet application keypad mode\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:155 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC ]\tOSC\tT{\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:156 +#, no-wrap +msgid "(Should be: Operating system command)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC ] P I: set palette, with parameter\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:158 +#, no-wrap +msgid "given in 7 hexadecimal digits after the final P :-(.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:159 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Here I is the color (0-15), and I indicates\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "the red/green/blue values (0-255).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC ] R: reset palette\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:166 +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:172 +msgid "" +"CSI (or ESC [) is followed by a sequence of parameters, at most NPAR (16), " +"that are decimal numbers separated by semicolons. An empty or absent " +"parameter is taken to be 0. The sequence of parameters may be preceded by a " +"single question mark." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:176 +msgid "" +"However, after CSI [ (or ESC [ [) a single character is read and this entire " +"sequence is ignored. (The idea is to ignore an echoed function key.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:178 +msgid "The action of a CSI sequence is determined by its final character." +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:180 +#, no-wrap +msgid "@\tICH\tInsert the indicated # of blank characters.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:181 +#, no-wrap +msgid "A\tCUU\tMove cursor up the indicated # of rows.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:182 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B\tCUD\tMove cursor down the indicated # of rows.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:183 +#, no-wrap +msgid "C\tCUF\tMove cursor right the indicated # of columns.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "D\tCUB\tMove cursor left the indicated # of columns.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "E\tCNL\tMove cursor down the indicated # of rows, to column 1.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "F\tCPL\tMove cursor up the indicated # of rows, to column 1.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:187 +#, no-wrap +msgid "G\tCHA\tMove cursor to indicated column in current row.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "H\tCUP\tMove cursor to the indicated row, column (origin at 1,1).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:189 +#, no-wrap +msgid "J\tED\tErase display (default: from cursor to end of display).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:190 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t\tESC [ 1 J: erase from start to cursor.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t\tESC [ 2 J: erase whole display.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:192 +#, no-wrap +msgid "K\tEL\tErase line (default: from cursor to end of line).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:193 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t\tESC [ 1 K: erase from start of line to cursor.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:194 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t\tESC [ 2 K: erase whole line.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:195 +#, no-wrap +msgid "L\tIL\tInsert the indicated # of blank lines.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:196 +#, no-wrap +msgid "M\tDL\tDelete the indicated # of lines.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:197 +#, no-wrap +msgid "P\tDCH\tDelete the indicated # of characters on the current line.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:198 +#, no-wrap +msgid "X\tECH\tErase the indicated # of characters on the current line.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:199 +#, no-wrap +msgid "a\tHPR\tMove cursor right the indicated # of columns.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "c\tDA\tAnswer ESC [ ? 6 c: \"I am a VT102\".\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:201 +#, no-wrap +msgid "d\tVPA\tMove cursor to the indicated row, current column.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:202 +#, no-wrap +msgid "e\tVPR\tMove cursor down the indicated # of rows.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:203 +#, no-wrap +msgid "f\tHVP\tMove cursor to the indicated row, column.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "g\tTBC\tWithout parameter: clear tab stop at the current position.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:205 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t\tESC [ 3 g: delete all tab stops.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "h\tSM\tSet Mode (see below).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "l\tRM\tReset Mode (see below).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:208 +#, no-wrap +msgid "m\tSGR\tSet attributes (see below).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:209 +#, no-wrap +msgid "n\tDSR\tStatus report (see below).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "q\tDECLL\tSet keyboard LEDs.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t\tESC [ 0 q: clear all LEDs\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:212 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t\tESC [ 1 q: set Scroll Lock LED\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:213 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t\tESC [ 2 q: set Num Lock LED\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:214 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t\tESC [ 3 q: set Caps Lock LED\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:215 +#, no-wrap +msgid "r\tDECSTBM\tSet scrolling region; parameters are top and bottom row.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "s\t?\tSave cursor location.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:217 +#, no-wrap +msgid "u\t?\tRestore cursor location.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:218 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\\`\tHPA\tMove cursor to indicated column in current row.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:222 +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:229 +msgid "" +"The ECMA-48 SGR sequence ESC [ I m sets display attributes. " +"Several attributes can be set in the same sequence, separated by " +"semicolons. An empty parameter (between semicolons or string initiator or " +"terminator) is interpreted as a zero." +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:231 +#, no-wrap +msgid "param\tresult\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:232 +#, no-wrap +msgid "0\treset all attributes to their defaults\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:233 +#, no-wrap +msgid "1\tset bold\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2\tset half-bright (simulated with color on a color display)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:235 +#, no-wrap +msgid "4\tT{\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:236 +#, no-wrap +msgid "set underscore (simulated with color on a color display)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:237 +#, no-wrap +msgid "(the colors used to simulate dim or underline are set\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:238 +#, no-wrap +msgid "using ESC ] ...)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:240 +#, no-wrap +msgid "5\tset blink\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:241 +#, no-wrap +msgid "7\tset reverse video\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:242 +#, no-wrap +msgid "10\tT{\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:243 +#, no-wrap +msgid "reset selected mapping, display control flag,\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:244 +#, no-wrap +msgid "and toggle meta flag (ECMA-48 says \"primary font\").\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:246 +#, no-wrap +msgid "11\tT{\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:247 manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:251 +#, no-wrap +msgid "select null mapping, set display control flag,\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "reset toggle meta flag (ECMA-48 says \"first alternate font\").\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:250 +#, no-wrap +msgid "12\tT{\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:252 +#, no-wrap +msgid "set toggle meta flag (ECMA-48 says \"second alternate font\").\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:253 +#, no-wrap +msgid "The toggle meta flag\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "causes the high bit of a byte to be toggled\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:255 +#, no-wrap +msgid "before the mapping table translation is done.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:257 +#, no-wrap +msgid "21\tset normal intensity (ECMA-48 says \"doubly underlined\")\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:258 +#, no-wrap +msgid "22\tset normal intensity\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "24\tunderline off\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:260 +#, no-wrap +msgid "25\tblink off\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:261 +#, no-wrap +msgid "27\treverse video off\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:262 +#, no-wrap +msgid "30\tset black foreground\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:263 +#, no-wrap +msgid "31\tset red foreground\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:264 +#, no-wrap +msgid "32\tset green foreground\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:265 +#, no-wrap +msgid "33\tset brown foreground\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:266 +#, no-wrap +msgid "34\tset blue foreground\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:267 +#, no-wrap +msgid "35\tset magenta foreground\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:268 +#, no-wrap +msgid "36\tset cyan foreground\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:269 +#, no-wrap +msgid "37\tset white foreground\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:270 +#, no-wrap +msgid "38\tset underscore on, set default foreground color\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:271 +#, no-wrap +msgid "39\tset underscore off, set default foreground color\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:272 +#, no-wrap +msgid "40\tset black background\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:273 +#, no-wrap +msgid "41\tset red background\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:274 +#, no-wrap +msgid "42\tset green background\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "43\tset brown background\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:276 +#, no-wrap +msgid "44\tset blue background\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:277 +#, no-wrap +msgid "45\tset magenta background\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:278 +#, no-wrap +msgid "46\tset cyan background\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:279 +#, no-wrap +msgid "47\tset white background\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:280 +#, no-wrap +msgid "49\tset default background color\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:284 +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:284 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ 3 h" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:287 +msgid "DECCRM (default off): Display control chars." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:287 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ 4 h" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:290 +msgid "DECIM (default off): Set insert mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:290 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ 20 h" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:294 +msgid "LF/NL (default off): Automatically follow echo of LF, VT or FF with CR." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:297 +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:297 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ 5 n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:300 +msgid "Device status report (DSR): Answer is ESC [ 0 n (Terminal OK)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:300 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ 6 n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:305 +msgid "" +"Cursor position report (CPR): Answer is ESC [ I ; I R, where I is " +"the cursor location." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:307 +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:313 +msgid "" +"These are not described in ECMA-48. We list the Set Mode sequences; the " +"Reset Mode sequences are obtained by replacing the final \\(aqh\\(aq by " +"\\(aql\\(aq." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:313 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ ? 1 h" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:317 +msgid "" +"DECCKM (default off): When set, the cursor keys send an ESC O prefix, rather " +"than ESC [." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:317 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ ? 3 h" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:324 +msgid "" +"DECCOLM (default off = 80 columns): 80/132 col mode switch. The driver " +"sources note that this alone does not suffice; some user-mode utility such " +"as B(8) has to change the hardware registers on the console " +"video card." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:324 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ ? 5 h" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:327 +msgid "DECSCNM (default off): Set reverse-video mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:327 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ ? 6 h" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:331 +msgid "" +"DECOM (default off): When set, cursor addressing is relative to the upper " +"left corner of the scrolling region." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:331 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ ? 7 h" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:337 +msgid "" +"DECAWM (default on): Set autowrap on. In this mode, a graphic character " +"emitted after column 80 (or column 132 of DECCOLM is on) forces a wrap to " +"the beginning of the following line first." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:337 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ ? 8 h" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:340 +msgid "DECARM (default on): Set keyboard autorepreat on." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:340 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ ? 9 h" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:344 +msgid "" +"X10 Mouse Reporting (default off): Set reporting mode to 1 (or reset to 0) " +"\\(em see below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:344 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ ? 25 h" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:347 +msgid "DECTECM (default on): Make cursor visible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:347 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ ? 1000 h" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:352 +msgid "" +"X11 Mouse Reporting (default off): Set reporting mode to 2 (or reset to 0) " +"\\(em see below." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:354 +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:361 +msgid "" +"The following sequences are neither ECMA-48 nor native VT102. They are " +"native to the Linux console driver. Colors are in SGR parameters: 0 = " +"black, 1 = red, 2 = green, 3 = brown, 4 = blue, 5 = magenta, 6 = cyan, 7 = " +"white." +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:363 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ 1 ; I ]\tSet color I as the underline color\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:364 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ 2 ; I ]\tSet color I as the dim color\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:365 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ 8 ] \tMake the current color pair the default attributes.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:366 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ 9 ; I ]\tSet screen blank timeout to I minutes.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:367 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ 10 ; I ]\tSet bell frequency in Hz.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:368 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ 11 ; I ]\tSet bell duration in msec.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:369 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ 12 ; I ]\tBring specified console to the front.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:370 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ 13 ] \tUnblank the screen.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:371 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC [ 14 ; I ] \tSet the VESA powerdown interval in minutes.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:373 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Character Sets" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:378 +msgid "" +"The kernel knows about 4 translations of bytes into console-screen symbols. " +"The four tables are: a) Latin1 -E PC, b) VT100 graphics -E PC, c) PC " +"-E PC, d) user-defined." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:384 +msgid "" +"There are two character sets, called G0 and G1, and one of them is the " +"current character set. (Initially G0.) Typing B<^N> causes G1 to become " +"current, B<^O> causes G0 to become current." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:392 +msgid "" +"These variables G0 and G1 point at a translation table, and can be changed " +"by the user. Initially they point at tables a) and b), respectively. The " +"sequences ESC ( B and ESC ( 0 and ESC ( U and ESC ( K cause G0 to point at " +"translation table a), b), c) and d), respectively. The sequences ESC ) B " +"and ESC ) 0 and ESC ) U and ESC ) K cause G1 to point at translation table " +"a), b), c) and d), respectively." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:402 +msgid "" +"The sequence ESC c causes a terminal reset, which is what you want if the " +"screen is all garbled. The oft-advised \"echo ^V^O\" will only make G0 " +"current, but there is no guarantee that G0 points at table a). In some " +"distributions there is a program B(1) that just does \"echo ^[c\". " +"If your terminfo entry for the console is correct (and has an entry rs1=" +"\\eEc), then \"tput reset\" will also work." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:410 +msgid "" +"The user-defined mapping table can be set using B(8). The result " +"of the mapping is that if a symbol c is printed, the symbol s = map[c] is " +"sent to the video memory. The bitmap that corresponds to s is found in the " +"character ROM, and can be changed using B(8)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:410 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mouse Tracking" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:422 +msgid "" +"The mouse tracking facility is intended to return B(1)-compatible " +"mouse status reports. Because the console driver has no way to know the " +"device or type of the mouse, these reports are returned in the console input " +"stream only when the virtual terminal driver receives a mouse update ioctl. " +"These ioctls must be generated by a mouse-aware user-mode application such " +"as the B(8) daemon." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:428 +msgid "" +"The mouse tracking escape sequences generated by B(1) encode numeric " +"parameters in a single character as I+040. For example, \\(aq!\\(aq " +"is 1. The screen coordinate system is 1-based." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:438 +msgid "" +"The X10 compatibility mode sends an escape sequence on button press encoding " +"the location and the mouse button pressed. It is enabled by sending ESC [ ? " +"9 h and disabled with ESC [ ? 9 l. On button press, B(1) sends ESC " +"[ M I (6 characters). Here I is button-1, and I and I are the " +"x and y coordinates of the mouse when the button was pressed. This is the " +"same code the kernel also produces." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:453 +msgid "" +"Normal tracking mode (not implemented in Linux 2.0.24) sends an escape " +"sequence on both button press and release. Modifier information is also " +"sent. It is enabled by sending ESC [ ? 1000 h and disabled with ESC [ ? " +"1000 l. On button press or release, B(1) sends ESC [ M I. The " +"low two bits of I encode button information: 0=MB1 pressed, 1=MB2 " +"pressed, 2=MB3 pressed, 3=release. The upper bits encode what modifiers " +"were down when the button was pressed and are added together: 4=Shift, " +"8=Meta, 16=Control. Again I and I are the x and y coordinates of the " +"mouse event. The upper left corner is (1,1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:453 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Comparisons With Other Terminals" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:460 +msgid "" +"Many different terminal types are described, like the Linux console, as " +"being \"VT100-compatible\". Here we discuss differences between the Linux " +"console and the two most important others, the DEC VT102 and B(1)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:462 +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:464 +msgid "The VT102 also recognized the following control characters:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:466 +msgid "NUL (0x00) was ignored;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:468 +msgid "ENQ (0x05) triggered an answerback message;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:470 +msgid "DC1 (0x11, B<^Q>, XON) resumed transmission;" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:473 +msgid "" +"DC3 (0x13, B<^S>, XOFF) caused VT100 to ignore (and stop transmitting) all " +"codes except XOFF and XON." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:475 +msgid "VT100-like DC1/DC3 processing may be enabled by the tty driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:481 +msgid "" +"The B(1) program (in VT100 mode) recognizes the control characters " +"BEL, BS, HT, LF, VT, FF, CR, SO, SI, ESC." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:483 +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:485 +msgid "VT100 console sequences not implemented on the Linux console:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:487 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC N\tSS2\tSingle shift 2. (Select G2 character set for the next\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:488 manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:490 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t\tcharacter only.)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:489 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC O\tSS3\tSingle shift 3. (Select G3 character set for the next\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:491 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC P\tDCS\tDevice control string (ended by ESC \\e)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:492 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC X\tSOS\tStart of string.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:493 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC ^\tPM\tPrivacy message (ended by ESC \\e)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:494 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC \\e\tST\tString terminator\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:495 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC * ...\t\tDesignate G2 character set\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:496 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC + ...\t\tDesignate G3 character set\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:509 +msgid "" +"The program B(1) (in VT100 mode) recognizes ESC c, ESC # 8, ESC " +"E, ESC =, ESC D, ESC E, ESC H, ESC M, ESC N, ESC O, ESC P ... ESC \\e, " +"ESC Z (it answers ESC [ ? 1 ; 2 c, \"I am a VT100 with advanced video option" +"\") and ESC ^ ... ESC \\e with the same meanings as indicated above. It " +"accepts ESC (, ESC ), ESC *, ESC + followed by 0, A, B for the DEC special " +"character and line drawing set, UK, and US-ASCII, respectively." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:513 +msgid "" +"The user can configure B(1) to respond to VT220-specific control " +"sequences, and it will identify itself as a VT52, VT100, and up depending on " +"the way it is configured and initialized." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:518 +msgid "" +"It accepts ESC ] (OSC) for the setting of certain resources. In addition to " +"the ECMA-48 string terminator (ST), B(1) accepts a BEL to terminate " +"an OSC string. These are a few of the OSC control sequences recognized by " +"B(1):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:520 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC ] 0 ; I ST\tSet icon name and window title to I.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:521 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC ] 1 ; I ST\tSet icon name to I.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:522 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC ] 2 ; I ST\tSet window title to I.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:523 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC ] 4 ; I; I ST\tSet ANSI color I to I.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:524 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC ] 10 ; I ST\tSet dynamic text color to I.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:525 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC ] 4 6 ; I ST\tChange log file to I (normally disabled\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:526 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\tby a compile-time option)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:527 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC ] 5 0 ; I ST\tSet font to I.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:532 +msgid "" +"It recognizes the following with slightly modified meaning (saving more " +"state, behaving closer to VT100/VT220):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:534 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC 7 DECSC\tSave cursor\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:535 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC 8 DECRC\tRestore cursor\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:539 +msgid "It also recognizes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:541 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC F\t\tCursor to lower left corner of screen (if enabled by\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:542 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t\tB(1)'s B resource)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:543 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC l\t\tMemory lock (per HP terminals).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:544 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t\tLocks memory above the cursor.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:545 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC m\t\tMemory unlock (per HP terminals).\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:546 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC n\tLS2\tInvoke the G2 character set.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:547 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC o\tLS3\tInvoke the G3 character set.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:548 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC |\tLS3R\tInvoke the G3 character set as GR.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:549 manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:551 +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:553 +#, no-wrap +msgid "\t\tHas no visible effect in xterm.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:550 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC }\tLS2R\tInvoke the G2 character set as GR.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:552 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ESC ~\tLS1R\tInvoke the G1 character set as GR.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:559 +msgid "" +"It also recognizes ESC % and provides a more complete UTF-8 implementation " +"than Linux console." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:561 +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:575 +msgid "" +"Old versions of B(1), for example, from X11R5, interpret the blink " +"SGR as a bold SGR. Later versions which implemented ANSI colors, for " +"example, XFree86 3.1.2A in 1995, improved this by allowing the blink " +"attribute to be displayed as a color. Modern versions of xterm implement " +"blink SGR as blinking text and still allow colored text as an alternate " +"rendering of SGRs. Stock X11R6 versions did not recognize the color-setting " +"SGRs until the X11R6.8 release, which incorporated XFree86 xterm. All ECMA-" +"48 CSI sequences recognized by Linux are also recognized by I, " +"however B(1) implements several ECMA-48 and DEC control sequences not " +"recognized by Linux." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:589 +msgid "" +"The B(1) program recognizes all of the DEC Private Mode sequences " +"listed above, but none of the Linux private-mode sequences. For discussion " +"of B(1)'s own private-mode sequences, refer to the I document by Edward Moy, Stephen Gildea, and Thomas E. Dickey " +"available with the X distribution. That document, though terse, is much " +"longer than this manual page. For a chronological overview," +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:592 +msgid "http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.log.html" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:595 +msgid "details changes to xterm." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:597 +msgid "The I program" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:600 +msgid "http://invisible-island.net/vttest/" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:605 +msgid "" +"demonstrates many of these control sequences. The B(1) source " +"distribution also contains sample scripts which exercise other features." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SH +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:605 manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:591 +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:432 manpages/C/man4/intro.4:32 +#: manpages/C/man4/null.4:47 manpages/C/man4/pts.4:55 +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:301 manpages/C/man4/st.4:888 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NOTES" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:608 +msgid "" +"ESC 8 (DECRC) is not able to restore the character set changed with ESC %." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SH +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:608 manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:596 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BUGS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:611 +msgid "" +"In 2.0.23, CSI is broken, and NUL is not ignored inside escape sequences." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:620 +msgid "" +"Some older kernel versions (after 2.0) interpret 8-bit control sequences. " +"These \"C1 controls\" use codes between 128 and 159 to replace ESC [, ESC ] " +"and similar two-byte control sequence initiators. There are fragments of " +"that in modern kernels (either overlooked or broken by changes to support " +"UTF-8), but the implementation is incomplete and should be regarded as " +"unreliable." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:635 +msgid "" +"Linux \"private mode\" sequences do not follow the rules in ECMA-48 for " +"private mode control sequences. In particular, those ending with ] do not " +"use a standard terminating character. The OSC (set palette) sequence is a " +"greater problem, since B(1) may interpret this as a control sequence " +"which requires a string terminator (ST). Unlike the B(1) sequences " +"which will be ignored (since they are invalid control sequences), the " +"palette sequence will make B(1) appear to hang (though pressing the " +"return-key will fix that). To accommodate applications which have been " +"hardcoded to use Linux control sequences, set the B(1) resource " +"B to true." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:639 +msgid "" +"An older version of this document implied that Linux recognizes the ECMA-48 " +"control sequence for invisible text. It is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SH +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:639 manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:613 +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:114 manpages/C/man4/full.4:51 +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:96 manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:477 +#: manpages/C/man4/intro.4:37 manpages/C/man4/lp.4:122 +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:81 manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:152 +#: manpages/C/man4/null.4:50 manpages/C/man4/pts.4:67 manpages/C/man4/ram.4:40 +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:216 manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:330 +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:602 manpages/C/man4/st.4:950 +#: manpages/C/man4/tty.4:65 manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:474 +#: manpages/C/man4/ttys.4:46 manpages/C/man4/ttyS.4:46 +#: manpages/C/man4/vcs.4:150 manpages/C/man4/wavelan.4:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SEE ALSO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:643 +msgid "B(4), B(4), B(7)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: SH +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:643 manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:639 +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:119 manpages/C/man4/full.4:55 +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:101 manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:488 +#: manpages/C/man4/intro.4:39 manpages/C/man4/lp.4:128 +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:85 manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:155 +#: manpages/C/man4/null.4:54 manpages/C/man4/pts.4:73 manpages/C/man4/ram.4:44 +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:220 manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:341 +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:136 manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:606 +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:960 manpages/C/man4/tty.4:75 +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:493 manpages/C/man4/ttyS.4:53 +#: manpages/C/man4/vcs.4:155 manpages/C/man4/wavelan.4:167 +#, no-wrap +msgid "COLOPHON" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_codes.4:650 manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:646 +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:126 manpages/C/man4/full.4:62 +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:108 manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:495 +#: manpages/C/man4/intro.4:46 manpages/C/man4/lp.4:135 +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:92 manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:162 +#: manpages/C/man4/null.4:61 manpages/C/man4/pts.4:80 manpages/C/man4/ram.4:51 +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:227 manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:348 +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:143 manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:613 +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:967 manpages/C/man4/tty.4:82 +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:500 manpages/C/man4/ttyS.4:60 +#: manpages/C/man4/vcs.4:162 manpages/C/man4/wavelan.4:174 +msgid "" +"This page is part of release 3.17 of the Linux I project. A " +"description of the project, and information about reporting bugs, can be " +"found at http://www.kernel.org/doc/man-pages/." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "CONSOLE_IOCTL" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "1995-09-18" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:42 +msgid "console ioctl - ioctl's for console terminal and virtual consoles" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:47 +msgid "" +"The following Linux-specific B(2) requests are supported. Each " +"requires a third argument, assumed here to be I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:47 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:52 +msgid "" +"Get state of LEDs. I points to a I. The lower three bits of " +"I<*argp> are set to the state of the LEDs, as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" LED_CAP 0x04 caps lock led\n" +" LEC_NUM 0x02 num lock led\n" +" LED_SCR 0x01 scroll lock led\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:56 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:63 +msgid "" +"Set the LEDs. The LEDs are set to correspond to the lower three bits of " +"I. However, if a higher order bit is set, the LEDs revert to normal: " +"displaying the state of the keyboard functions of caps lock, num lock, and " +"scroll lock." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:70 +msgid "" +"Before 1.1.54, the LEDs just reflected the state of the corresponding " +"keyboard flags, and KDGETLED/KDSETLED would also change the keyboard flags. " +"Since 1.1.54 the leds can be made to display arbitrary information, but by " +"default they display the keyboard flags. The following two ioctl's are used " +"to access the keyboard flags." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:77 +msgid "" +"Get keyboard flags CapsLock, NumLock, ScrollLock (not lights). I " +"points to a char which is set to the flag state. The low order three bits " +"(mask 0x7) get the current flag state, and the low order bits of the next " +"nibble (mask 0x70) get the default flag state. (Since 1.1.54.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:77 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:84 +msgid "" +"Set keyboard flags CapsLock, NumLock, ScrollLock (not lights). I has " +"the desired flag state. The low order three bits (mask 0x7) have the flag " +"state, and the low order bits of the next nibble (mask 0x70) have the " +"default flag state. (Since 1.1.54.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:87 +msgid "Get keyboard type. This returns the value KB_101, defined as 0x02." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:90 +msgid "Add I/O port as valid. Equivalent to I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:90 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:93 +msgid "Delete I/O port as valid. Equivalent to I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:93 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:96 +msgid "" +"Enable I/O to video board. Equivalent to I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:99 +msgid "" +"Disable I/O to video board. Equivalent to I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:99 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:102 +msgid "Set text/graphics mode. I is one of these:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" KD_TEXT 0x00\n" +" KD_GRAPHICS 0x01\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:109 +msgid "" +"Get text/graphics mode. I points to a I which is set to one of " +"the above values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:109 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:118 +msgid "" +"Generate tone of specified length. The lower 16 bits of I specify the " +"period in clock cycles, and the upper 16 bits give the duration in msec. If " +"the duration is zero, the sound is turned off. Control returns " +"immediately. For example, I = (125EE16) + 0x637 would specify " +"the beep normally associated with a ctrl-G. (Thus since 0.99pl1; broken in " +"2.1.49-50.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:118 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:125 +msgid "" +"Start or stop sound generation. The lower 16 bits of I specify the " +"period in clock cycles (that is, I = 1193180/frequency). I = 0 " +"turns sound off. In either case, control returns immediately." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:125 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:130 +msgid "" +"Get the current default color map from kernel. I points to a 48-byte " +"array. (Since 1.3.3.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:130 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:141 +msgid "" +"Change the default text-mode color map. I points to a 48-byte array " +"which contains, in order, the Red, Green, and Blue values for the 16 " +"available screen colors: 0 is off, and 255 is full intensity. The default " +"colors are, in order: black, dark red, dark green, brown, dark blue, dark " +"purple, dark cyan, light grey, dark grey, bright red, bright green, yellow, " +"bright blue, bright purple, bright cyan and white. (Since 1.3.3.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:141 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:147 +msgid "" +"Gets 256-character screen font in expanded form. I points to an 8192 " +"byte array. Fails with error code B if the currently loaded font is " +"a 512-character font, or if the console is not in text mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:147 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:160 +msgid "" +"Gets screen font and associated information. I points to a I (see B). On call, the I field should " +"be set to the maximum number of characters that would fit in the buffer " +"pointed to by I. On return, the I and I " +"are filled with the respective data for the currently loaded font, and the " +"I array contains the font data if the initial value of " +"I indicated enough space was available; otherwise the buffer is " +"untouched and I is set to B. (Since 1.3.1.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:160 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:169 +msgid "" +"Sets 256-character screen font. Load font into the EGA/VGA character " +"generator. I points to a 8192 byte map, with 32 bytes per character. " +"Only first I of them are used for an 8xI font (0 E I E= " +"32). This call also invalidates the Unicode mapping." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:169 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:173 +msgid "" +"Sets screen font and associated rendering information. I points to a" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct consolefontdesc {\n" +" unsigned short charcount; /* characters in font\n" +" (256 or 512) */\n" +" unsigned short charheight; /* scan lines per\n" +" character (1-32) */\n" +" char *chardata; /* font data in\n" +" expanded form */\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:191 +msgid "" +"If necessary, the screen will be appropriately resized, and B sent " +"to the appropriate processes. This call also invalidates the Unicode " +"mapping. (Since 1.3.1.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:191 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:197 +msgid "" +"Resets the screen font, size and Unicode mapping to the bootup defaults. " +"I is unused, but should be set to NULL to ensure compatibility with " +"future versions of Linux. (Since 1.3.28.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:197 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:204 +msgid "" +"Get screen mapping from kernel. I points to an area of size E_TABSZ, " +"which is loaded with the font positions used to display each character. " +"This call is likely to return useless information if the currently loaded " +"font is more than 256 characters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:204 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:212 +msgid "" +"Get full Unicode screen mapping from kernel. I points to an area of " +"size E_TABSZ*sizeof(unsigned short), which is loaded with the Unicodes each " +"character represent. A special set of Unicodes, starting at U+F000, are " +"used to represent \"direct to font\" mappings. (Since 1.3.1.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:212 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:217 +msgid "" +"Loads the \"user definable\" (fourth) table in the kernel which maps bytes " +"into console screen symbols. I points to an area of size E_TABSZ." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:217 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:224 +msgid "" +"Loads the \"user definable\" (fourth) table in the kernel which maps bytes " +"into Unicodes, which are then translated into screen symbols according to " +"the currently loaded Unicode-to-font map. Special Unicodes starting at U" +"+F000 can be used to map directly to the font symbols. (Since 1.3.1.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:224 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:227 +msgid "Get Unicode-to-font mapping from kernel. I points to a" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct unimapdesc {\n" +" unsigned short entry_ct;\n" +" struct unipair *entries;\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:238 +msgid "where I points to an array of" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:245 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct unipair {\n" +" unsigned short unicode;\n" +" unsigned short fontpos;\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:249 manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:269 +msgid "(Since 1.1.92.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:249 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"Put unicode-to-font mapping in kernel.\n" +" I points to a\n" +"I.\n" +"(Since 1.1.92)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:254 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:257 +msgid "Clear table, possibly advise hash algorithm. I points to a" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:265 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct unimapinit {\n" +" unsigned short advised_hashsize; /* 0 if no opinion */\n" +" unsigned short advised_hashstep; /* 0 if no opinion */\n" +" unsigned short advised_hashlevel; /* 0 if no opinion */\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:269 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:273 +msgid "" +"Gets current keyboard mode. I points to a I which is set to one " +"of these:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:278 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" K_RAW 0x00\n" +" K_XLATE 0x01\n" +" K_MEDIUMRAW 0x02\n" +" K_UNICODE 0x03\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:278 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:281 +msgid "" +"Sets current keyboard mode. I is a I equal to one of the above " +"values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:281 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:285 +msgid "" +"Gets meta key handling mode. I points to a I which is set to " +"one of these:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:288 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" K_METABIT 0x03 set high order bit\n" +" K_ESCPREFIX 0x04 escape prefix\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:288 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:291 +msgid "" +"Sets meta key handling mode. I is a I equal to one of the above " +"values." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:294 +msgid "" +"Gets one entry in key translation table (keycode to action code). I " +"points to a" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:302 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct kbentry {\n" +" unsigned char kb_table;\n" +" unsigned char kb_index;\n" +" unsigned short kb_value;\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:311 +msgid "" +"with the first two members filled in: I selects the key table (0 " +"E= I E MAX_NR_KEYMAPS), and I is the keycode (0 " +"E= I E NR_KEYS). I is set to the corresponding " +"action code, or K_HOLE if there is no such key, or K_NOSUCHMAP if " +"I is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:311 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:315 +msgid "" +"Sets one entry in translation table. I points to a I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:315 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:318 +msgid "Gets one function key string. I points to a" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:325 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct kbsentry {\n" +" unsigned char kb_func;\n" +" unsigned char kb_string[512];\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:330 +msgid "" +"I is set to the (NULL terminated) string corresponding to the " +"Ith function key action code." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:330 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:334 +msgid "" +"Sets one function key string entry. I points to a I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:334 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:337 +msgid "Read kernel accent table. I points to a" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:344 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct kbdiacrs {\n" +" unsigned int kb_cnt;\n" +" struct kbdiacr kbdiacr[256];\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:349 +msgid "" +"where I is the number of entries in the array, each of which is a" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:357 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct kbdiacr {\n" +" unsigned char diacr;\n" +" unsigned char base;\n" +" unsigned char result;\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:359 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:362 +msgid "" +"Read kernel keycode table entry (scan code to keycode). I points to a" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:369 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct kbkeycode {\n" +" unsigned int scancode;\n" +" unsigned int keycode;\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:376 +msgid "" +"I is set to correspond to the given I. (89 E= " +"I E= 255 only. For 1 E= I E= 88, " +"I==I.) (Since 1.1.63.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:376 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:381 +msgid "" +"Write kernel keycode table entry. I points to a I. " +"(Since 1.1.63.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:381 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:386 +msgid "" +"The calling process indicates its willingness to accept the signal I " +"when it is generated by pressing an appropriate key combination. (1 E= " +"I E= NSIG). (See spawn_console() in linux/drivers/char/keyboard." +"c.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:386 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:390 +msgid "" +"Returns the first available (non-opened) console. I points to an " +"I which is set to the number of the vt (1 E= I<*argp> E= " +"MAX_NR_CONSOLES)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:390 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:393 +msgid "Get mode of active vt. I points to a" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:403 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct vt_mode {\n" +" char mode; /* vt mode */\n" +" char waitv; /* if set, hang on writes if not active */\n" +" short relsig; /* signal to raise on release req */\n" +" short acqsig; /* signal to raise on acquisition */\n" +" short frsig; /* unused (set to 0) */\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:408 +msgid "" +"which is set to the mode of the active vt. I is set to one of these " +"values:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:412 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" VT_AUTO auto vt switching\n" +" VT_PROCESS process controls switching\n" +" VT_ACKACQ acknowledge switch\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:412 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:416 +msgid "Set mode of active vt. I points to a I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:416 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:419 +msgid "Get global vt state info. I points to a" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:427 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct vt_stat {\n" +" unsigned short v_active; /* active vt */\n" +" unsigned short v_signal; /* signal to send */\n" +" unsigned short v_state; /* vt bit mask */\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:432 +msgid "" +"For each vt in use, the corresponding bit in the I member is set. " +"(Kernels 1.0 through 1.1.92.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:434 +msgid "Release a display." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:434 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:436 +msgid "Switch to vt I (1 E= I E= MAX_NR_CONSOLES)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:436 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:438 +msgid "Wait until vt I has been activated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:438 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:441 +msgid "Deallocate the memory associated with vt I. (Since 1.1.54.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:441 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:444 +msgid "Set the kernel's idea of screensize. I points to a" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:452 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct vt_sizes {\n" +" unsigned short v_rows; /* # rows */\n" +" unsigned short v_cols; /* # columns */\n" +" unsigned short v_scrollsize; /* no longer used */\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:459 +msgid "" +"Note that this does not change the videomode. See B(8). (Since " +"1.1.54.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:459 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:462 +msgid "" +"Set the kernel's idea of various screen parameters. I points to a" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:477 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct vt_consize {\n" +" unsigned short v_rows; /* number of rows */\n" +" unsigned short v_cols; /* number of columns */\n" +" unsigned short v_vlin; /* number of pixel rows\n" +" on screen */\n" +" unsigned short v_clin; /* number of pixel rows\n" +" per character */\n" +" unsigned short v_vcol; /* number of pixel columns\n" +" on screen */\n" +" unsigned short v_ccol; /* number of pixel columns\n" +" per character */\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:486 +msgid "" +"Any parameter may be set to zero, indicating \"no change\", but if multiple " +"parameters are set, they must be self-consistent. Note that this does not " +"change the videomode. See B(8). (Since 1.3.3.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:490 +msgid "" +"The action of the following ioctls depends on the first byte in the struct " +"pointed to by I, referred to here as the I. These are legal " +"only for the superuser or the owner of the current tty." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:490 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:494 +msgid "" +"Dump the screen. Disappeared in 1.1.92. (With kernel 1.1.92 or later, read " +"from /dev/vcsN or /dev/vcsaN instead.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:494 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:497 +msgid "Get task information. Disappeared in 1.1.92." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:497 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:500 +msgid "Set selection. I points to a" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:508 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct {\n" +" char subcode;\n" +" short xs, ys, xe, ye;\n" +" short sel_mode;\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:520 +msgid "" +"I and I are the starting column and row. I and I are the " +"ending column and row. (Upper left corner is row=column=1.) I is " +"0 for character-by-character selection, 1 for word-by-word selection, or 2 " +"for line-by-line selection. The indicated screen characters are highlighted " +"and saved in the static array sel_buffer in devices/char/console.c." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:520 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:524 +msgid "" +"Paste selection. The characters in the selection buffer are written to " +"I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:524 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:526 +msgid "Unblank the screen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:526 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:530 +msgid "" +"Sets contents of a 256-bit look up table defining characters in a \"word\", " +"for word-by-word selection. (Since 1.1.32.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:530 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:534 +msgid "" +"I points to a char which is set to the value of the kernel variable " +"I. (Since 1.1.32.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:534 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:538 +msgid "" +"I points to a char which is set to the value of the kernel variable " +"I. (Since 1.1.33.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:538 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:543 +msgid "" +"Dump screen width and height, cursor position, and all the character-" +"attribute pairs. (Kernels 1.1.67 through 1.1.91 only. With kernel 1.1.92 " +"or later, read from /dev/vcsa* instead.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:543 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:548 +msgid "" +"Restore screen width and height, cursor position, and all the character-" +"attribute pairs. (Kernels 1.1.67 through 1.1.91 only. With kernel 1.1.92 " +"or later, write to /dev/vcsa* instead.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:548 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:553 +msgid "" +"Handles the Power Saving feature of the new generation of monitors. VESA " +"screen blanking mode is set to I[1], which governs what screen " +"blanking does:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:555 +#, no-wrap +msgid " I<0>: Screen blanking is disabled.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:562 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" I<1>: The current video adapter\n" +"register settings are saved, then the controller is programmed to turn off\n" +"the vertical synchronization pulses.\n" +"This puts the monitor into \"standby\" mode.\n" +"If your monitor has an Off_Mode timer, then\n" +"it will eventually power down by itself.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:571 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" I<2>: The current\n" +"settings are saved, then both the vertical and horizontal\n" +"synchronization pulses are turned off.\n" +"This puts the monitor into \"off\" mode.\n" +"If your monitor has no Off_Mode timer,\n" +"or if you want your monitor to power down immediately when the\n" +"blank_timer times out, then you choose this option.\n" +"(I Powering down frequently will damage the monitor.)\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:573 +msgid "(Since 1.1.76.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: SH +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:573 manpages/C/man4/st.4:824 +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:431 +#, no-wrap +msgid "RETURN VALUE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:576 +msgid "" +"On success, 0 is returned. On error -1 is returned, and I is set." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SH +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:576 manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:438 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ERRORS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:578 +msgid "I may take on these values:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:578 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:581 +msgid "The file descriptor is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:581 manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:445 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:585 +msgid "" +"The file descriptor is not associated with a character special device, or " +"the specified request does not apply to it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:585 manpages/C/man4/st.4:839 +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:439 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:588 +msgid "The file descriptor or I is invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:588 manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:449 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:591 manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:452 +msgid "Insufficient permission." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:602 +msgid "" +"B: Do not regard this man page as documentation of the Linux " +"console ioctl's. This is provided for the curious only, as an alternative " +"to reading the source. Ioctl's are undocumented Linux internals, liable to " +"be changed without warning. (And indeed, this page more or less describes " +"the situation as of kernel version 1.1.94; there are many minor and not-so-" +"minor differences with earlier versions.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:607 +msgid "" +"Very often, ioctl's are introduced for communication between the kernel and " +"one particular well-known program (fdisk, hdparm, setserial, tunelp, " +"loadkeys, selection, setfont, etc.), and their behavior will be changed when " +"required by this particular program." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:611 +msgid "" +"Programs using these ioctl's will not be portable to other versions of Unix, " +"will not work on older versions of Linux, and will not work on future " +"versions of Linux." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:613 +msgid "Use POSIX functions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/console_ioctl.4:639 +msgid "" +"B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1), B(1), " +"B(1), B(2), B(2), B(2), B(3), " +"B(4), B(4), B(4), B(4), B(4), " +"B(4), B(4), B(4), B(4), B(7), " +"B(8), B(8), B(8), I, " +"I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "DSP56K" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2000-03-01" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:29 +msgid "dsp56k - DSP56001 interface device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: SH +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:29 manpages/C/man4/lp.4:29 +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:32 manpages/C/man4/sd.4:27 +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:28 manpages/C/man4/st.4:26 +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:8 manpages/C/man4/wavelan.4:20 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SYNOPSIS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "#include Easm/dsp56k.hE\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:35 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"BIB<, void *>IB<, size_t >IB<);>\n" +"BIB<, void *>IB<, size_t >IB<);>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"BIB<, DSP56K_UPLOAD, struct dsp56k_upload *>IB<);>\n" +"BIB<, DSP56K_SET_TX_WSIZE, int >IB<);>\n" +"BIB<, DSP56K_SET_RX_WSIZE, int >IB<);>\n" +"BIB<, DSP56K_HOST_FLAGS, struct dsp56k_host_flags *>IB<);>\n" +"BIB<, DSP56K_HOST_CMD, int >IB<);>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: SH +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:42 manpages/C/man4/full.4:29 +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:37 manpages/C/man4/lp.4:31 +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:28 manpages/C/man4/sd.4:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "CONFIGURATION" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:45 +msgid "" +"The dsp56k device is a character device with major number 55 and minor " +"number 0." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:51 +msgid "" +"The Motorola DSP56001 is a fully programmable 24-bit digital signal " +"processor found in Atari Falcon030-compatible computers. The I " +"special file is used to control the DSP56001, and to send and receive data " +"using the bidirectional handshaked host port." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:61 +msgid "" +"To send a data stream to the signal processor, use B(2) to the " +"device, and B(2) to receive processed data. The data can be sent or " +"received in 8, 16, 24, or 32-bit quantities on the host side, but will " +"always be seen as 24-bit quantities in the DSP56001." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:66 +msgid "" +"The following B(2) calls are used to control the I device:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:73 +msgid "" +"resets the DSP56001 and uploads a program. The third B(2) argument " +"must be a pointer to a I with members I pointing " +"to a DSP56001 binary program, and I set to the length of the program, " +"counted in 24-bit words." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:81 +msgid "" +"sets the transmit word size. Allowed values are in the range 1 to 4, and is " +"the number of bytes that will be sent at a time to the DSP56001. These data " +"quantities will either be padded with zero bytes, or truncated to fit the " +"native 24-bit data format of the DSP56001." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:81 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:88 +msgid "" +"sets the receive word size. Allowed values are in the range 1 to 4, and is " +"the number of bytes that will be received at a time from the DSP56001. " +"These data quantities will either truncated, or padded with a null byte " +"(\\(aq\\e0\\(aq) to fit the native 24-bit data format of the DSP56001." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:88 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:95 +msgid "" +"read and write the host flags. The host flags are four general-purpose bits " +"that can be read by both the hosting computer and the DSP56001. Bits 0 and " +"1 can be written by the host, and bits 2 and 3 can be written by the " +"DSP56001." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:105 +msgid "" +"To access the host flags, the third B(2) argument must be a pointer " +"to a I. If bit 0 or 1 is set in the I " +"member, the corresponding bit in I will be written to the host flags. " +"The state of all host flags will be returned in the lower four bits of the " +"I member." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:109 +msgid "" +"sends a host command. Allowed values are in the range 0 to 31, and is a " +"user-defined command handled by the program running in the DSP56001." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SH +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:109 manpages/C/man4/full.4:49 +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:94 manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:421 +#: manpages/C/man4/intro.4:30 manpages/C/man4/lp.4:113 +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:75 manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:148 +#: manpages/C/man4/null.4:43 manpages/C/man4/pts.4:52 manpages/C/man4/ram.4:38 +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:209 manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:293 +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:130 manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:578 +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:876 manpages/C/man4/tty.4:63 manpages/C/man4/ttys.4:44 +#: manpages/C/man4/ttyS.4:44 manpages/C/man4/vcs.4:80 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FILES" +msgstr "" + +#. .SH AUTHORS +#. Fredrik Noring , lars brinkhoff , +#. Tomas Berndtsson . +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:114 +msgid "/dev/dsp56k" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/dsp56k.4:119 +msgid "" +"I, I, I, DSP56000/DSP56001 Digital Signal Processor User's Manual" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/full.4:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "FULL" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/full.4:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2007-11-24" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/full.4:29 +msgid "full - always full device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/full.4:32 +msgid "" +"If your system does not have I created already, it can be created " +"with the following commands:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/full.4:36 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" mknod -m 666 /dev/full c 1 7\n" +" chown root:root /dev/full\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/full.4:40 +msgid "File I has major device number 1 and minor device number 7." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/full.4:45 +msgid "" +"Writes to the I device will fail with an B error. This " +"can be used to test how a program handles disk-full errors." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/full.4:47 +msgid "Reads from the I device will return \\e0 characters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/full.4:49 +msgid "Seeks on I will always succeed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/full.4:51 +msgid "/dev/full" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/full.4:55 +msgid "B(1), B(4), B(4)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:28 +#, no-wrap +msgid "HD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:28 manpages/C/man4/sd.4:24 +#, no-wrap +msgid "1992-12-17" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:31 +msgid "hd - MFM/IDE hard disk devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:38 +msgid "" +"The B devices are block devices to access MFM/IDE hard disk drives in " +"raw mode. The master drive on the primary IDE controller (major device " +"number 3) is B; the slave drive is B. The master drive of the " +"second controller (major device number 22) is B and the slave B." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:62 +msgid "" +"General IDE block device names have the form BI, or BI, where " +"I is a letter denoting the physical drive, and I

is a number denoting " +"the partition on that physical drive. The first form, BI is used to " +"address the whole drive. Partition numbers are assigned in the order the " +"partitions are discovered, and only non-empty, non-extended partitions get a " +"number. However, partition numbers 1-4 are given to the four partitions " +"described in the MBR (the \"primary\" partitions), regardless of whether " +"they are unused or extended. Thus, the first logical partition will be " +"BIB<5>\\&. Both DOS-type partitioning and BSD-disklabel partitioning " +"are supported. You can have at most 63 partitions on an IDE disk." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:68 +msgid "" +"For example, I refers to all of the first IDE drive in the system; " +"and I refers to the third DOS \"primary\" partition on the second " +"one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:70 manpages/C/man4/ttys.4:31 manpages/C/man4/ttyS.4:32 +msgid "They are typically created by:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:73 +msgid "mknod -m 660 /dev/hda b 3 0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:75 +msgid "mknod -m 660 /dev/hda1 b 3 1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:77 +msgid "mknod -m 660 /dev/hda2 b 3 2" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:79 manpages/C/man4/hd.4:89 +msgid "\\&..." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:81 +msgid "mknod -m 660 /dev/hda8 b 3 8" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:83 +msgid "mknod -m 660 /dev/hdb b 3 64" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:85 +msgid "mknod -m 660 /dev/hdb1 b 3 65" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:87 +msgid "mknod -m 660 /dev/hdb2 b 3 66" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:91 +msgid "mknod -m 660 /dev/hdb8 b 3 72" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:93 +msgid "chown root:disk /dev/hd*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:96 +msgid "/dev/hd*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/hd.4:101 +msgid "B(1), B(1), B(4), B(8)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INITRD" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2007-11-26" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:37 +msgid "initrd - boot loader initialized RAM disk" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:50 +msgid "" +"The I is a read-only block device assigned major number 1 and " +"minor number 250. Typically I is owned by I with " +"mode 0400 (read access by root only). If the Linux system does not have I already created, it can be created with the following commands:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:55 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"B<\n" +" mknod -m 400 /dev/initrd b 1 250\n" +" chown root:disk /dev/initrd>\n" +"\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:70 +msgid "" +"Also, support for both \"RAM disk\" and \"Initial RAM disk\" (e.g. " +"B and B) must be compiled " +"directly into the Linux kernel to use I. When using I, the RAM disk driver cannot be loaded as a module." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:81 +msgid "" +"The special file I is a read-only block device. Device I is a RAM disk that is initialized (e.g., loaded) by the boot loader " +"before the kernel is started. The kernel then can use the block device I's contents for a two phased system boot-up." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:95 +msgid "" +"In the first boot-up phase, the kernel starts up and mounts an initial root " +"file-system from the contents of I (e.g., RAM disk initialized " +"by the boot loader). In the second phase, additional drivers or other " +"modules are loaded from the initial root device's contents. After loading " +"the additional modules, a new root file system (i.e., the normal root file " +"system) is mounted from a different device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:95 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Boot-up Operation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:99 +msgid "When booting up with B, the system boots as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:99 manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:325 +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:433 manpages/C/man4/st.4:889 +#, no-wrap +msgid "1." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:103 +msgid "" +"The boot loader loads the kernel program and I's contents into " +"memory." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:103 manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:333 +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:444 manpages/C/man4/st.4:909 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:111 +msgid "" +"On kernel startup, the kernel uncompresses and copies the contents of the " +"device I onto device I and then frees the memory " +"used by I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:111 manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:342 +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:461 manpages/C/man4/st.4:916 +#, no-wrap +msgid "3." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:115 +msgid "" +"The kernel then read-write mounts device I as the initial root " +"file system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:115 manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:346 +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:923 +#, no-wrap +msgid "4." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:120 +msgid "" +"If the indicated normal root file system is also the initial root file-" +"system (e.g. I ) then the kernel skips to the last step for the " +"usual boot sequence." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:120 manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:352 +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:928 +#, no-wrap +msgid "5." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:132 +msgid "" +"If the executable file I is present in the initial root file-" +"system, I is executed with UID 0. (The file I must have " +"executable permission. The file I can be any valid executable, " +"including a shell script.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:132 manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:361 +#, no-wrap +msgid "6." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:144 +msgid "" +"If I is not executed or when I terminates, the normal " +"root file system is mounted. (If I exits with any file-systems " +"mounted on the initial root file-system, then the behavior of the kernel is " +"B. See the NOTES section for the current kernel behavior.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:144 manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:363 +#, no-wrap +msgid "7." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:175 +msgid "" +"If the normal root file has directory I, device I is " +"moved from I to I. Otherwise if directory I does not " +"exist device I is unmounted. (When moved from I to I, I is not unmounted and therefore processes can remain " +"running from I. If directory I does not exist on the " +"normal root file-system and any processes remain running from I " +"when I exits, the behavior of the kernel is B. See " +"the NOTES section for the current kernel behavior.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:175 manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:366 +#, no-wrap +msgid "8." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:182 +msgid "" +"The usual boot sequence (e.g., invocation of I) is performed on " +"the normal root file system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:182 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Options" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:186 +msgid "" +"The following boot loader options when used with B, affect the " +"kernel's boot-up operation:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:186 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:201 +msgid "" +"Specifies the file to load as the contents of I. For " +"B this is a command-line option. For B you have to use this " +"command in the B configuration file I. The filename " +"specified with this option will typically be a gzipped file-system image." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:201 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:216 +msgid "" +"This boot time option disables the two phase boot-up operation. The kernel " +"performs the usual boot sequence as if I was not initialized. " +"With this option, any contents of I loaded into memory by the " +"boot loader contents are preserved. This option permits the contents of I to be any data and need not be limited to a file system image. " +"However, device I is read-only and can be read only one time " +"after system startup." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:216 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:234 +msgid "" +"Specifies the device to be used as the normal root file system. For " +"B this is a command-line option. For B this is a boot time " +"option or can be used as an option line in the B configuration file I. The device specified by the this option must be a " +"mountable device having a suitable root file-system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Changing the Normal Root File System" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:254 +msgid "" +"By default, the kernel's settings (e.g., set in the kernel file with B" +"(8) or compiled into the kernel file), or the boot loader option setting is " +"used for the normal root file systems. For a NFS-mounted normal root file " +"system, one has to use the B and B boot " +"options to give the NFS settings. For more information on NFS-mounted root " +"see the kernel documentation file B. For more information on " +"setting the root file system also see the B and LOADLIN documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:286 +msgid "" +"It is also possible for the I executable to change the normal root " +"device. For I to change the normal root device, I must be " +"mounted. After mounting I, I changes the normal root " +"device by writing into the proc files I, I, and I. For " +"a physical root device, the root device is changed by having I " +"write the new root file system device number into I. For a NFS root file system, the root device is changed by having " +"I write the NFS setting into files I and I and then writing 0xff (e.g., " +"the pseudo-NFS-device number) into file I. " +"For example, the following shell command line would change the normal root " +"device to I:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:289 +#, no-wrap +msgid " echo 0x365 E/proc/sys/kernel/real-root-dev\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:296 +msgid "" +"For a NFS example, the following shell command lines would change the normal " +"root device to the NFS directory I on a local networked NFS " +"server with IP number 193.8.232.7 for a system with IP number 193.8.232.7 " +"and named \"idefix\":" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:302 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" echo /var/nfsroot E/proc/sys/kernel/nfs-root-name\n" +" echo 193.8.232.2:193.8.232.7::255.255.255.0:idefix \\e\n" +" E/proc/sys/kernel/nfs-root-addrs\n" +" echo 255 E/proc/sys/kernel/real-root-dev\n" +msgstr "" + +#. FIXME the manual page should describe the pivot_root mechanism. +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:319 +msgid "" +"B: The use of I to change the root " +"file system is obsolete. See the kernel source file I as well as B(2) and B(8) for information on " +"the modern method of changing the root file system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:319 manpages/C/man4/random.4:52 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Usage" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:323 +msgid "" +"The main motivation for implementing B was to allow for modular " +"kernel configuration at system installation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:325 +msgid "A possible system installation scenario is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:333 +msgid "" +"The loader program boots from floppy or other media with a minimal kernel (e." +"g., support for I, I, and the ext2 file-system) and " +"loads I with a gzipped version of the initial file-system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:342 +msgid "" +"The executable I determines what is needed to (1) mount the normal " +"root file-system (i.e., device type, device drivers, file system) and (2) " +"the distribution media (e.g., CD-ROM, network, tape, ...). This can be done " +"by asking the user, by auto-probing, or by using a hybrid approach." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:346 +msgid "" +"The executable I loads the necessary modules from the initial root " +"file-system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:352 +msgid "" +"The executable I creates and populates the root file system. (At " +"this stage the normal root file system does not have to be a completed " +"system yet.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:361 +msgid "" +"The executable I sets I, unmount " +"I, the normal root file system and any other file systems it has " +"mounted, and then terminates." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:363 +msgid "The kernel then mounts the normal root file system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:366 +msgid "" +"Now that the file system is accessible and intact, the boot loader can be " +"installed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:375 +msgid "" +"The boot loader is configured to load into I a file system with " +"the set of modules that was used to bring up the system. (e.g., Device I can be modified, then unmounted, and finally, the image is written " +"from I to a file.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:375 +#, no-wrap +msgid "9." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:378 +msgid "" +"The system is now bootable and additional installation tasks can be " +"performed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:384 +msgid "" +"The key role of I in the above is to re-use the configuration " +"data during normal system operation without requiring initial kernel " +"selection, a large generic kernel or, recompiling the kernel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:397 +msgid "" +"A second scenario is for installations where Linux runs on systems with " +"different hardware configurations in a single administrative network. In " +"such cases, it may be desirable to use only a small set of kernels (ideally " +"only one) and to keep the system-specific part of configuration information " +"as small as possible. In this case, create a common file with all needed " +"modules. Then, only the I file or a file executed by I " +"would be different." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:404 +msgid "" +"A third scenario is more convenient recovery disks. Because information " +"like the location of the root file-system partition is not needed at boot " +"time, the system loaded from I can use a dialog and/or auto-" +"detection followed by a possible sanity check." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:421 +msgid "" +"Last but not least, Linux distributions on CD-ROM may use B for easy " +"installation from the CD-ROM. The distribution can use B to " +"directly load I from CD-ROM without the need of any floppies. " +"The distribution could also use a B boot floppy and then bootstrap a " +"bigger ram disk via I from the CD-ROM." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:423 +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:425 +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:427 +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:432 +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:444 +msgid "" +"With the current kernel, any file systems that remain mounted when I is moved from I to I continue to be accessible. However, " +"the I entries are not updated." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:461 +msgid "" +"With the current kernel, if directory I does not exist, then I will B be fully unmounted if I is used by any process " +"or has any file-system mounted on it. If I is B fully " +"unmounted, then I will remain in memory." +msgstr "" + +# +# +# +#. .SH AUTHORS +#. The kernel code for device +#. .BR initrd +#. was written by Werner Almesberger and +#. Hans Lermen . +#. The code for +#. .BR initrd +#. was added to the baseline Linux kernel in development version 1.3.73. +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:477 +msgid "" +"Users of I should not depend on the behavior give in the above " +"notes. The behavior may change in future versions of the Linux kernel." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:483 +msgid "B(1), B(1), B(4), B(8), B(8)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/initrd.4:488 +msgid "" +"The documentation file I in the kernel source package, the LILO " +"documentation, the LOADLIN documentation, the SYSLINUX documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/intro.4:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "INTRO" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/intro.4:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2007-10-23" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/intro.4:28 +msgid "intro - Introduction to special files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/intro.4:30 +msgid "Section 4 of the manual describes special files (devices)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/intro.4:32 +msgid "/dev/* \\(em device files" +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/intro.4:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Authors and Copyright Conditions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/intro.4:37 +msgid "" +"Look at the header of the manual page source for the author(s) and copyright " +"conditions. Note that these can be different from page to page!" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/intro.4:39 +msgid "B(7)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "LP" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "1995-01-15" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:29 +msgid "lp - line printer devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:31 +msgid "B<#include Elinux/lp.hE>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:42 +msgid "" +"B[0\\(en2] are character devices for the parallel line printers; they " +"have major number 6 and minor number 0\\(en2. The minor numbers correspond " +"to the printer port base addresses 0x03bc, 0x0378 and 0x0278. Usually they " +"have mode 220 and are owned by root and group lp. You can use printer ports " +"either with polling or with interrupts. Interrupts are recommended when " +"high traffic is expected, for example, for laser printers. For usual dot " +"matrix printers polling will usually be enough. The default is polling." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:46 +msgid "The following B(2) calls are supported:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:46 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BIB<, LPTIME, int >IB<)>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:54 +msgid "" +"Sets the amount of time that the driver sleeps before rechecking the printer " +"when the printer's buffer appears to be filled to I. If you have a " +"fast printer, decrease this number; if you have a slow printer then increase " +"it. This is in hundredths of a second, the default 2 being 0.02 seconds. " +"It only influences the polling driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:54 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BIB<, LPCHAR, int >IB<)>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:62 +msgid "" +"Sets the maximum number of busy-wait iterations which the polling driver " +"does while waiting for the printer to get ready for receiving a character to " +"I. If printing is too slow, increase this number; if the system gets " +"too slow, decrease this number. The default is 1000. It only influences " +"the polling driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BIB<, LPABORT, int >IB<)>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:66 +msgid "" +"If I is 0, the printer driver will retry on errors, otherwise it will " +"abort. The default is 0." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BIB<, LPABORTOPEN, int >IB<)>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:71 +msgid "" +"If I is 0, B(2) will be aborted on error, otherwise error will " +"be ignored. The default is to ignore it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:71 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BIB<, LPCAREFUL, int >IB<)>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:75 +msgid "" +"If I is 0, then the out-of-paper, offline and error signals are " +"required to be false on all writes, otherwise they are ignored. The default " +"is to ignore them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:75 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BIB<, LPWAIT, int >IB<)>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:85 +msgid "" +"Sets the number of busy waiting iterations to wait before strobing the " +"printer to accept a just-written character, and the number of iterations to " +"wait before turning the strobe off again, to I. The specification says " +"this time should be 0.5 microseconds, but experience has shown the delay " +"caused by the code is already enough. For that reason, the default value is " +"0. This is used for both the polling and the interrupt driver." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:85 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BIB<, LPSETIRQ, int >IB<)>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:94 +msgid "" +"This B(2) requires superuser privileges. It takes an I " +"containing the new IRQ as argument. As a side effect, the printer will be " +"reset. When I is 0, the polling driver will be used, which is also " +"default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:94 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BIB<, LPGETIRQ, int *>IB<)>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:96 +msgid "Stores the currently used IRQ in I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BIB<, LPGETSTATUS, int *>IB<)>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:99 +msgid "" +"Stores the value of the status port in I. The bits have the following " +"meaning:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:101 +#, no-wrap +msgid "LP_PBUSY\tinverted busy input, active high\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "LP_PACK\tunchanged acknowledge input, active low\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "LP_POUTPA\tunchanged out-of-paper input, active high\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:104 +#, no-wrap +msgid "LP_PSELECD\tunchanged selected input, active high\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "LP_PERRORP\tunchanged error input, active low\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:110 +msgid "" +"Refer to your printer manual for the meaning of the signals. Note that " +"undocumented bits may also be set, depending on your printer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:110 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BIB<, LPRESET)>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:113 +msgid "Resets the printer. No argument is used." +msgstr "" + +#. .SH AUTHORS +#. The printer driver was originally written by Jim Weigand and Linus +#. Torvalds. +#. It was further improved by Michael K.\& Johnson. +#. The interrupt code was written by Nigel Gamble. +#. Alan Cox modularized it. +#. LPCAREFUL, LPABORT, LPGETSTATUS were added by Chris Metcalf. +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:122 +msgid "/dev/lp*" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/lp.4:128 +msgid "B(1), B(1), B(1), B(8), B(8)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "MEM" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:25 manpages/C/man4/null.4:25 manpages/C/man4/ram.4:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "1992-11-21" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:28 +msgid "mem, kmem, port - system memory, kernel memory and system ports" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:32 +msgid "" +"B is a character device file that is an image of the main memory of the " +"computer. It may be used, for example, to examine (and even patch) the " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:37 +msgid "" +"Byte addresses in B are interpreted as physical memory addresses. " +"References to nonexistent locations cause errors to be returned." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:40 +msgid "" +"Examining and patching is likely to lead to unexpected results when read-" +"only or write-only bits are present." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:42 manpages/C/man4/mem.4:57 manpages/C/man4/mem.4:69 +#: manpages/C/man4/ram.4:32 +msgid "It is typically created by:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:45 +msgid "mknod -m 660 /dev/mem c 1 1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:47 +msgid "chown root:kmem /dev/mem" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:55 +msgid "" +"The file B is the same as B, except that the kernel virtual " +"memory rather than physical memory is accessed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:60 +msgid "mknod -m 640 /dev/kmem c 1 2" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:62 +msgid "chown root:kmem /dev/kmem" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:67 +msgid "B is similar to B, but the I/O ports are accessed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:72 +msgid "mknod -m 660 /dev/port c 1 4" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:74 +msgid "chown root:mem /dev/port" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:77 +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:79 +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:81 +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mem.4:85 +msgid "B(1), B(1), B(2)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "MOUSE" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "1996-02-10" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:28 +msgid "mouse - serial mouse interface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:32 +msgid "" +"Serial mice are connected to a serial RS232/V24 dialout line, see B" +"(4) for a description." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:33 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Introduction" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:35 +msgid "The pinout of the usual 9 pin plug as used for serial mice is:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "pin\tname\tused for\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:39 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2\tRX\tData\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:40 +#, no-wrap +msgid "3\tTX\t-12 V, Imax = 10 mA\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "4\tDTR\t+12 V, Imax = 10 mA\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:42 +#, no-wrap +msgid "7\tRTS\t+12 V, Imax = 10 mA\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:43 +#, no-wrap +msgid "5\tGND\tGround\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:47 +msgid "This is the specification, in fact 9 V suffices with most mice." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:53 +msgid "" +"The mouse driver can recognize a mouse by dropping RTS to low and raising it " +"again. About 14 ms later the mouse will send 0x4D (\\(aqM\\(aq) on the data " +"line. After a further 63 ms, a Microsoft-compatible 3-button mouse will " +"send 0x33 (\\(aq3\\(aq)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:61 +msgid "" +"The relative mouse movement is sent as I (positive means right) and " +"I (positive means down). Various mice can operate at different speeds. " +"To select speeds, cycle through the speeds 9600, 4800, 2400 and 1200 bit/s, " +"each time writing the two characters from the table below and waiting 0.1 " +"seconds. The following table shows available speeds and the strings that " +"select them:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "bit/s\tstring\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:65 +#, no-wrap +msgid "9600\t*q\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "4800\t*p\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:67 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2400\t*o\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "1200\t*n\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:72 +msgid "" +"The first byte of a data packet can be used to synchronization purposes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:72 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Microsoft protocol" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:79 +msgid "" +"The B protocol uses 1 start bit, 7 data bits, no parity and one " +"stop bit at the speed of 1200 bits/sec. Data is sent to RxD in 3-byte " +"packets. The I and I movements are sent as two's-complement, I " +"(I) are set when the left (right) button is pressed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:82 +#, no-wrap +msgid "byte\td6\td5\td4\td3\td2\td1\td0\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "1\t1\tlb\trb\tdy7\tdy6\tdx7\tdx6\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:84 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2\t0\tdx5\tdx4\tdx3\tdx2\tdx1\tdx0\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:85 +#, no-wrap +msgid "3\t0\tdy5\tdy4\tdy3\tdy2\tdy1\tdy0\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:87 +#, no-wrap +msgid "3-button Microsoft protocol" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:96 +msgid "" +"Original Microsoft mice only have two buttons. However, there are some " +"three button mice which also use the Microsoft protocol. Pressing or " +"releasing the middle button is reported by sending a packet with zero " +"movement and no buttons pressed. (Thus, unlike for the other two buttons, " +"the status of the middle button is not reported in each packet.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:96 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Logitech protocol" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:105 +msgid "" +"Logitech serial 3-button mice use a different extension of the Microsoft " +"protocol: when the middle button is up, the above 3-byte packet is sent. " +"When the middle button is down a 4-byte packet is sent, where the 4th byte " +"has value 0x20 (or at least has the 0x20 bit set). In particular, a press " +"of the middle button is reported as 0,0,0,0x20 when no other buttons are " +"down." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:105 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Mousesystems protocol" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:115 +msgid "" +"The B protocol uses 1 start bit, 8 data bits, no parity and " +"two stop bits at the speed of 1200 bits/sec. Data is sent to RxD in 5-byte " +"packets. I is sent as the sum of the two two's-complement values, I " +"is send as negated sum of the two two's-complement values. I (I, " +"I) are cleared when the left (middle, right) button is pressed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:118 manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:143 +#, no-wrap +msgid "byte\td7\td6\td5\td4\td3\td2\td1\td0\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "1\t1\t0\t0\t0\t0\tlb\tmb\trb\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:120 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2\t0\tdxa6\tdxa5\tdxa4\tdxa3\tdxa2\tdxa1\tdxa0\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:121 +#, no-wrap +msgid "3\t0\tdya6\tdya5\tdya4\tdya3\tdya2\tdya1\tdya0\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "4\t0\tdxb6\tdxb5\tdxb4\tdxb3\tdxb2\tdxb1\tdxb0\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "5\t0\tdyb6\tdyb5\tdyb4\tdyb3\tdyb2\tdyb1\tdyb0\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:128 +msgid "" +"Bytes 4 and 5 describe the change that occurred since bytes 2 and 3 were " +"transmitted." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:128 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sun protocol" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:131 +msgid "" +"The B protocol is the 3-byte version of the above 5-byte Mousesystems " +"protocol: the last two bytes are not sent." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:131 +#, no-wrap +msgid "MM protocol" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:140 +msgid "" +"The B protocol uses 1 start bit, 8 data bits, odd parity and one stop " +"bit at the speed of 1200 bits/sec. Data is sent to RxD in 3-byte packets. " +"I and I are sent as single signed values, the sign bit indicating a " +"negative value. I (I, I) are set when the left (middle, right) " +"button is pressed:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:144 +#, no-wrap +msgid "1\t1\t0\t0\tdxs\tdys\tlb\tmb\trb\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2\t0\tdx6\tdx5\tdx4\tdx3\tdx2\tdx1\tdx0\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: tbl table +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:146 +#, no-wrap +msgid "3\t0\tdy6\tdy5\tdy4\tdy3\tdy2\tdy1\tdy0\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:149 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:152 +msgid "A commonly used symlink pointing to a mouse device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/mouse.4:155 +msgid "B(4), B(8)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/null.4:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "NULL" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/null.4:28 +msgid "null, zero - data sink" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/null.4:30 +msgid "Data written on a B or B special file is discarded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/null.4:33 +msgid "" +"Reads from the B special file always return end of file, whereas reads " +"from B always return \\e0 characters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/null.4:35 +msgid "B and B are typically created by:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/null.4:38 +msgid "mknod -m 666 /dev/null c 1 3" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/null.4:40 +msgid "mknod -m 666 /dev/zero c 1 5" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/null.4:42 +msgid "chown root:root /dev/null /dev/zero" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/null.4:45 +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/null.4:47 +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/null.4:50 +msgid "" +"If these devices are not writable and readable for all users, many programs " +"will act strangely." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/null.4:54 +msgid "B(1), B(1), B(4)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "PTS" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:6 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2002-10-09" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:9 +msgid "ptmx and pts - pseudo-terminal master and slave" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:13 +msgid "" +"The file I is a character file with major number 5 and minor " +"number 2, usually of mode 0666 and owner.group of root.root. It is used to " +"create a pseudo-terminal master and slave pair." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:23 +msgid "" +"When a process opens I, it gets a file descriptor for a pseudo-" +"terminal master (PTM), and a pseudo-terminal slave (PTS) device is created " +"in the I directory. Each file descriptor obtained by opening I is an independent PTM with its own associated PTS, whose path can " +"be found by passing the descriptor to B(3)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:29 +msgid "" +"Before opening the pseudo-terminal slave, you must pass the master's file " +"descriptor to B(3) and B(3)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:32 +msgid "" +"Once both the pseudo-terminal master and slave are open, the slave provides " +"processes with an interface that is identical to that of a real terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:35 +msgid "" +"Data written to the slave is presented on the master descriptor as input. " +"Data written to the master is presented to the slave as input." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:46 +msgid "" +"In practice, pseudo-terminals are used for implementing terminal emulators " +"such as B(1), in which data read from the pseudo-terminal master is " +"interpreted by the application in the same way a real terminal would " +"interpret the data, and for implementing remote-login programs such as " +"B(8), in which data read from the pseudo-terminal master is sent " +"across the network to a client program that is connected to a terminal or " +"terminal emulator." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:52 +msgid "" +"Pseudo-terminals can also be used to send input to programs that normally " +"refuse to read input from pipes (such as B(1), and B(1))." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:55 +msgid "I, I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:61 +msgid "" +"The Linux support for the above (known as Unix98 pty naming) is done using " +"the I file system, that should be mounted on I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:67 +msgid "" +"Before this Unix98 scheme, master ptys were called I, ... and " +"slave ptys I, ... and one needed lots of preallocated device " +"nodes." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/pts.4:73 +msgid "B(3), B(3), B(3), B(3), B(7)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/ram.4:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "RAM" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/ram.4:28 +msgid "ram - ram disk device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/ram.4:30 +msgid "The I device is a block device to access the ram disk in raw mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/ram.4:35 +msgid "mknod -m 660 /dev/ram b 1 1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/ram.4:37 +msgid "chown root:disk /dev/ram" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/ram.4:40 +msgid "/dev/ram" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/ram.4:44 +msgid "B(1), B(1), B(8)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "RANDOM" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:17 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2008-06-20" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:20 +msgid "random, urandom - kernel random number source devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:27 +msgid "" +"The character special files I and I (present " +"since Linux 1.3.30) provide an interface to the kernel's random number " +"generator. File I has major device number 1 and minor device " +"number 8. File I has major device number 1 and minor device " +"number 9." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:33 +msgid "" +"The random number generator gathers environmental noise from device drivers " +"and other sources into an entropy pool. The generator also keeps an " +"estimate of the number of bits of noise in the entropy pool. From this " +"entropy pool random numbers are created." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:41 +msgid "" +"When read, the I device will only return random bytes within " +"the estimated number of bits of noise in the entropy pool. I " +"should be suitable for uses that need very high quality randomness such as " +"one-time pad or key generation. When the entropy pool is empty, reads from " +"I will block until additional environmental noise is gathered." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:52 +msgid "" +"A read from the I device will not block waiting for more " +"entropy. As a result, if there is not sufficient entropy in the entropy " +"pool, the returned values are theoretically vulnerable to a cryptographic " +"attack on the algorithms used by the driver. Knowledge of how to do this is " +"not available in the current non-classified literature, but it is " +"theoretically possible that such an attack may exist. If this is a concern " +"in your application, use I instead." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:61 +msgid "" +"If you are unsure about whether you should use I or I, then probably you want to use the latter. As a general rule, I should be used for everything except long-lived GPG/SSL/SSH " +"keys." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:73 +msgid "" +"If a seed file is saved across reboots as recommended above (all major Linux " +"distributions have done this since 2000 at least), the output is " +"cryptographically secure against attackers without local root access as soon " +"as it is reloaded in the boot sequence, and perfectly adequate for network " +"encryption session keys. Since reads from I may block, users " +"will usually want to open it in non-blocking mode (or perform a read with " +"timeout), and provide some sort of user notification if the desired entropy " +"is not immediately available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:86 +msgid "" +"The kernel random-number generator is designed to produce a small amount of " +"high-quality seed material to seed a cryptographic pseudo-random number " +"generator (CPRNG). It is designed for security, not speed, and is poorly " +"suited to generating large amounts of random data. Users should be very " +"economical in the amount of seed material that they read from I (and I); unnecessarily reading large quantities of " +"data from this device will have a negative impact on other users of the " +"device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:94 +msgid "" +"The amount of seed material required to generate a cryptographic key equals " +"the effective key size of the key. For example, a 3072-bit RSA or Diffie-" +"Hellman private key has an effective key size of 128 bits (it requires about " +"2^128 operations to break) so a key generator only needs 128 bits (16 bytes) " +"of seed material from I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:103 +msgid "" +"While some safety margin above that minimum is reasonable, as a guard " +"against flaws in the CPRNG algorithm, no cryptographic primitive available " +"today can hope to promise more than 256 bits of security, so if any program " +"reads more than 256 bits (32 bytes) from the kernel random pool per " +"invocation, or per reasonable re-seed interval (not less than one minute), " +"that should be taken as a sign that its cryptography is I skilfuly " +"implemented." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:103 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Configuration" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:107 +msgid "" +"If your system does not have I and I created " +"already, they can be created with the following commands:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:112 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" mknod -m 644 /dev/random c 1 8\n" +" mknod -m 644 /dev/urandom c 1 9\n" +" chown root:root /dev/random /dev/urandom\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:122 +msgid "" +"When a Linux system starts up without much operator interaction, the entropy " +"pool may be in a fairly predictable state. This reduces the actual amount " +"of noise in the entropy pool below the estimate. In order to counteract " +"this effect, it helps to carry entropy pool information across shut-downs " +"and start-ups. To do this, add the following lines to an appropriate script " +"which is run during the Linux system start-up sequence:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:137 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" echo \"Initializing random number generator...\"\n" +" random_seed=/var/run/random-seed\n" +" # Carry a random seed from start-up to start-up\n" +" # Load and then save the whole entropy pool\n" +" if [ -f $random_seed ]; then\n" +" cat $random_seed E/dev/urandom\n" +" else\n" +" touch $random_seed\n" +" fi\n" +" chmod 600 $random_seed\n" +" poolfile=/proc/sys/kernel/random/poolsize\n" +" [ -r $poolfile ] && bytes=\\`cat $poolfile\\` || bytes=512\n" +" dd if=/dev/urandom of=$random_seed count=1 bs=$bytes\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:141 +msgid "" +"Also, add the following lines in an appropriate script which is run during " +"the Linux system shutdown:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:152 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" # Carry a random seed from shut-down to start-up\n" +" # Save the whole entropy pool\n" +" echo \"Saving random seed...\"\n" +" random_seed=/var/run/random-seed\n" +" touch $random_seed\n" +" chmod 600 $random_seed\n" +" poolfile=/proc/sys/kernel/random/poolsize\n" +" [ -r $poolfile ] && bytes=\\`cat $poolfile\\` || bytes=512\n" +" dd if=/dev/urandom of=$random_seed count=1 bs=$bytes\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:153 +#, no-wrap +msgid "/proc Interface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:159 +msgid "" +"The files in the directory I (present since 2.3.16) " +"provide an additional interface to the I device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:165 +msgid "" +"The read-only file I gives the available entropy. Normally, " +"this will be 4096 (bits), a full entropy pool." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:170 +msgid "" +"The file I gives the size of the entropy pool. The semantics of " +"this file vary across kernel versions:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Linux 2.4:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:178 +msgid "" +"This file gives the size of the entropy pool in I. Normally, this " +"file will have the value 512, but it is writable, and can be changed to any " +"value for which an algorithm is available. The choices are 32, 64, 128, " +"256, 512, 1024, or 2048." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Linux 2.6:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:183 +msgid "" +"This file is read-only, and gives the size of the entropy pool in I. " +"It contains the value 4096." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/random.4:201 +msgid "" +"The file I contains the number of bits of entropy " +"required for waking up processes that sleep waiting for entropy from I. The default is 64. The file I contains " +"the number of bits of entropy below which we wake up processes that do a " +"B(2) the calling process is blocked until the next interrupt from " +"that RTC is received. Following the interrupt, the process can read a long " +"integer, of which the least significant byte contains a bit mask encoding " +"the types of interrupt that occurred, while the remaining 3 bytes contain " +"the number of interrupts since the last B(2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:119 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ioctl(2) interface" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:123 +msgid "" +"The following B(2) requests are defined on file descriptors " +"connected to RTC devices:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:126 +msgid "Returns this RTC's time in the following structure:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:140 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct rtc_time {\n" +" int tm_sec;\n" +" int tm_min;\n" +" int tm_hour;\n" +" int tm_mday;\n" +" int tm_mon;\n" +" int tm_year;\n" +" int tm_wday; /* unused */\n" +" int tm_yday; /* unused */\n" +" int tm_isdst; /* unused */\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:150 +msgid "" +"The fields in this structure have the same meaning and ranges as for the " +"I structure described in B(3). A pointer to this structure " +"should be passed as the third B(2) argument." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:150 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:161 +msgid "" +"Sets this RTC's time to the time specified by the I structure " +"pointed to by the third B(2) argument. To set the RTC's time the " +"process must be privileged (i.e., have the B capability)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:161 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B, B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:178 +msgid "" +"Read and set the alarm time, for RTCs that support alarms. The alarm " +"interrupt must be separately enabled or disabled using the B, " +"B requests. The third B(2) argument is a pointer to an " +"I structure. Only the I, I, and I fields " +"of this structure are used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:178 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B, B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:200 +msgid "" +"Read and set the frequency for periodic interrupts, for RTCs that support " +"periodic interrupts. The periodic interrupt must be separately enabled or " +"disabled using the B, B requests. The third " +"B(2) argument is an I or an I, " +"respectively. The value is the frequency in interrupts per second. The set " +"of allowable frequencies is the multiples of two in the range 2 to 8192. " +"Only a privileged process (i.e., one having the B " +"capability) can set frequencies above the value specified in I. (This file contains the value 64 by default.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B, B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:206 +msgid "" +"Enable or disable the alarm interrupt, for RTCs that support alarms. The " +"third B(2) argument is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B, B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:213 +msgid "" +"Enable or disable the interrupt on every clock update, for RTCs that support " +"this once-per-second interrupt. The third B(2) argument is ignored." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:213 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B, B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:225 +msgid "" +"Enable or disable the periodic interrupt, for RTCs that support these " +"periodic interrupts. The third B(2) argument is ignored. Only a " +"privileged process (i.e., one having the B capability) can " +"enable the periodic interrupt if the frequency is currently set above the " +"value specified in I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:225 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B, B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:248 +msgid "" +"Many RTCs encode the year in an 8-bit register which is either interpreted " +"as an 8-bit binary number or as a BCD number. In both cases, the number is " +"interpreted relative to this RTC's Epoch. The RTC's Epoch is initialized to " +"1900 on most systems but on Alpha and MIPS it might also be initialized to " +"1952, 1980, or 2000, depending on the value of an RTC register for the " +"year. With some RTCs, these operations can be used to read or to set the " +"RTC's Epoch, respectively. The third B(2) argument is a I or a I, respectively, and the value returned (or " +"assigned) is the Epoch. To set the RTC's Epoch the process must be " +"privileged (i.e., have the B capability)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B, B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:252 +msgid "" +"Some RTCs support a more powerful alarm interface, using these ioctls to " +"read or write the RTC's alarm time (respectively) with this structure:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:261 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct rtc_wkalrm {\n" +" unsigned char enabled;\n" +" unsigned char pending;\n" +" struct rtc_time time;\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/rtc.4:293 +msgid "" +"The I flag is used to enable or disable the alarm interrupt, or to " +"read its current status; when using these calls, B and " +"B are not used. The I flag is used by B " +"to report a pending interrupt (so it's mostly useless on Linux, except when " +"talking to the RTC managed by EFI firmware). The I

is a number denoting the " +"partition on that physical drive. Often, the partition number, I

, will " +"be left off when the device corresponds to the whole drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:52 +msgid "" +"SCSI disks have a major device number of 8, and a minor device number of the " +"form (16 * I) + I, where I is " +"the number of the physical drive in order of detection, and " +"I is as follows:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:54 +msgid "partition 0 is the whole drive" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:56 +msgid "partitions 1-4 are the DOS \"primary\" partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:58 +msgid "partitions 5-8 are the DOS \"extended\" (or \"logical\") partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:66 +msgid "" +"For example, I will have major 8, minor 0, and will refer to all " +"of the first SCSI drive in the system; and I will have major 8, " +"minor 19, and will refer to the third DOS \"primary\" partition on the " +"second SCSI drive in the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:69 +msgid "" +"At this time, only block devices are provided. Raw devices have not yet " +"been implemented." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:73 +msgid "The following Is are provided:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:73 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:77 +msgid "Returns the BIOS disk parameters in the following structure:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:86 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct hd_geometry {\n" +" unsigned char heads;\n" +" unsigned char sectors;\n" +" unsigned short cylinders;\n" +" unsigned long start;\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:92 +msgid "A pointer to this structure is passed as the B(2) parameter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:107 +msgid "" +"The information returned in the parameter is the disk geometry of the drive " +"I This geometry is I the physical geometry of " +"the drive. It is used when constructing the drive's partition table, " +"however, and is needed for convenient operation of B(1), B" +"(1), and B(1). If the geometry information is not available, zero " +"will be returned for all of the parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:108 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:115 +msgid "" +"Returns the device size in sectors. The B(2) parameter should be a " +"pointer to a I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:115 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:119 +msgid "" +"Forces a re-read of the SCSI disk partition tables. No parameter is needed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:130 +msgid "" +"The B(4) B(2) operations are also supported. If the B" +"(2) parameter is required, and it is NULL, then B(2) will fail with " +"the error B." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:132 +msgid "/dev/sd[a-h]: the whole device" +msgstr "" + +#. .SH "SEE ALSO" +#. .BR scsi (4) +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sd.4:136 +msgid "/dev/sd[a-h][0-8]: individual block partitions" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "SK98LIN" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2007-11-25" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:28 +msgid "sk98lin - Marvell/SysKonnect Gigabit Ethernet driver v6.21" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:60 +msgid "" +"B [BI] [BI] " +"[BI] [BI] [BI] " +"[BI] [BI] [BI] [BI] [BI] [BI] " +"[BI] [BI] [BI] [BI]" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:69 +msgid "" +"B is the Gigabit Ethernet driver for Marvell and SysKonnect network " +"adapter cards. It supports SysKonnect SK-98xx/SK-95xx compliant Gigabit " +"Ethernet Adapter and any Yukon compliant chipset." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:76 +msgid "" +"When loading the driver using insmod, parameters for the network adapter " +"cards might be stated as a sequence of comma separated commands. If for " +"instance two network adapters are installed and AutoNegotiation on Port A of " +"the first adapter should be ON, but on the Port A of the second adapter " +"switched OFF, one must enter:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid " insmod sk98lin.o AutoNeg_A=On,Off\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:93 +msgid "" +"After B is bound to one or more adapter cards and the I file " +"system is mounted on your system, a dedicated statistics file will be " +"created in folder I for all ports of the installed " +"network adapter cards. Those files are named I whereas I is the " +"number of the interface that has been assigned to a dedicated port by the " +"system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:103 +msgid "" +"If loading is finished, any desired IP address can be assigned to the " +"respective I interface using the B(8) command. This " +"causes the adapter to connect to the Ethernet and to display a status " +"message on the console saying \"ethx: network connection up using port y\" " +"followed by the configured or detected connection parameters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:119 +msgid "" +"The B also supports large frames (also called jumbo frames). Using " +"jumbo frames can improve throughput tremendously when transferring large " +"amounts of data. To enable large frames, the MTU (maximum transfer unit) " +"size for an interface is to be set to a high value. The default MTU size is " +"1500 and can be changed up to 9000 (bytes). Setting the MTU size can be " +"done when assigning the IP address to the interface or later by using the " +"B(8) command with the mtu parameter. If for instance eth0 needs " +"an IP address and a large frame MTU size, the following two commands might " +"be used:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:122 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +" ifconfig eth0 10.1.1.1\n" +" ifconfig eth0 mtu 9000\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:124 +msgid "Those two commands might even be combined into one:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:126 +#, no-wrap +msgid " ifconfig eth0 10.1.1.1 mtu 9000\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:139 +msgid "" +"Note that large frames can only be used if permitted by your network " +"infrastructure. This means, that any switch being used in your Ethernet " +"must also support large frames. Quite some switches support large frames, " +"but need to be configured to do so. Most of the times, their default " +"setting is to support only standard frames with an MTU size of 1500 " +"(bytes). In addition to the switches inside the network, all network " +"adapters that are to be used must also be enabled regarding jumbo frames. " +"If an adapter is not set to receive large frames it will simply drop them." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:143 +msgid "" +"Switching back to the standard Ethernet frame size can be done by using the " +"B(8) command again:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:145 +#, no-wrap +msgid " ifconfig eth0 mtu 1500\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:151 +msgid "" +"The Marvell/SysKonnect Gigabit Ethernet driver for Linux is able to support " +"VLAN and Link Aggregation according to IEEE standards 802.1, 802.1q, and " +"802.3ad. Those features are only available after installation of open " +"source modules which can be found on the Internet:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:154 +msgid "I: http://www.candelatech.com/~greear/vlan.html" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:158 +msgid "I I: http://www.st.rim.or.jp/~yumo" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:163 +msgid "" +"Note that Marvell/SysKonnect does not offer any support for these open " +"source modules and does not take the responsibility for any kind of failures " +"or problems arising when using these modules." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:163 manpages/C/man4/wavelan.4:44 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Parameters" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:164 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:182 +msgid "" +"This parameter is used to set the speed capabilities of port A of an adapter " +"card. It is only valid for Yukon copper adapters. Possible values are: " +"I<10>, I<100>, I<1000> or I whereas I is the default. Usually, " +"the speed is negotiated between the two ports during link establishment. If " +"this fails, a port can be forced to a specific setting with this parameter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:182 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:200 +msgid "" +"This parameter is used to set the speed capabilities of port B of an adapter " +"card. It is only valid for Yukon copper adapters. Possible values are: " +"I<10>, I<100>, I<1000> or I whereas I is the default. Usually, " +"the speed is negotiated between the two ports during link establishment. If " +"this fails, a port can be forced to a specific setting with this parameter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:200 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:215 +msgid "" +"Enables or disables the use of autonegotiation of port A of an adapter " +"card. Possible values are: I, I or I whereas I is the " +"default. The I mode automatically detects whether the link partner " +"supports auto-negotiation or not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:215 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:230 +msgid "" +"Enables or disables the use of autonegotiation of port B of an adapter " +"card. Possible values are: I, I or I whereas I is the " +"default. The I mode automatically detects whether the link partner " +"supports auto-negotiation or not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:230 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:261 +msgid "" +"This parameter indicates the duplex mode to be used for port A of an adapter " +"card. Possible values are: I, I or I whereas I is " +"the default. This parameter is only relevant if AutoNeg_A of port A is not " +"set to I. If AutoNeg_A is set to I, all three values of DupCap_A " +"( I, I or I) might be stated. If AutoNeg_A is set to " +"I, only DupCap_A values I and I are allowed. This DupCap_A " +"parameter is useful if your link partner does not support all possible " +"duplex combinations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:261 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:292 +msgid "" +"This parameter indicates the duplex mode to be used for port B of an adapter " +"card. Possible values are: I, I or I whereas I is " +"the default. This parameter is only relevant if AutoNeg_B of port B is not " +"set to I. If AutoNeg_B is set to I, all three values of DupCap_B " +"( I, I or I) might be stated. If AutoNeg_B is set to " +"I, only DupCap_B values I and I are allowed. This DupCap_B " +"parameter is useful if your link partner does not support all possible " +"duplex combinations." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:292 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:306 manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:340 +msgid "" +"This parameter can be used to set the flow control capabilities the port " +"reports during auto-negotiation. Possible values are: I, I, " +"I or I whereas I is the default. The different " +"modes have the following meaning:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:311 manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:344 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"I\n" +"= Symmetric\n" +" both link partners are allowed to send PAUSE frames\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:315 manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:348 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"I\n" +"= SymmetricOrRemote\n" +" both or only remote partner are allowed to send PAUSE frames\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:319 manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:352 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"I\n" +"= LocalSend\n" +" only local link partner is allowed to send PAUSE frames\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:323 manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:356 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"I\n" +"= None\n" +" no link partner is allowed to send PAUSE frames\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:326 +msgid "Note that this parameter is ignored if AutoNeg_A is set to I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:326 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:360 +msgid "Note that this parameter is ignored if AutoNeg_B is set to I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:360 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:377 +msgid "" +"This parameter is only valid for 1000Base-T adapter cards. For two 1000Base-" +"T ports to communicate, one must take the role of the master (providing " +"timing information), while the other must be the slave. Possible values " +"are: I, I or I whereas I is the default. " +"Usually, the role of a port is negotiated between two ports during link " +"establishment, but if that fails the port A of an adapter card can be forced " +"to a specific setting with this parameter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:377 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:395 +msgid "" +"This parameter is only valid for 1000Base-T adapter cards. For two 1000Base-" +"T ports to communicate, one must take the role of the master (providing " +"timing information), while the other must be the slave. Possible values " +"are: I, I or I whereas I is the default. " +"Usually, the role of a port is negotiated between two ports during link " +"establishment, but if that fails the port B of an adapter card can be forced " +"to a specific setting with this parameter." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:395 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:403 +msgid "" +"This parameter is a combination of all five per-port parameters within one " +"single parameter. This simplifies the configuration of both ports of an " +"adapter card. The different values of this variable reflect the most " +"meaningful combinations of port parameters. Possible values and their " +"corresponding combination of per-port parameters:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:408 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"ConType | DupCap AutoNeg FlowCtrl Role Speed\n" +"--------+-------------------------------------------\n" +"I | Both On SymOrRem Auto Auto\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:410 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<100FD> | Full Off None Auto 100\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:412 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<100HD> | Half Off None Auto 100\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:414 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<10FD> | Full Off None Auto 10\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:416 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I<10HD> | Half Off None Auto 10\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:426 +msgid "" +"Stating any other port parameter together with this I parameter " +"will result in a merged configuration of those settings. This is due to the " +"fact, that the per-port parameters (e.g. I) have a higher " +"priority than the combined variable I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:426 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:444 +msgid "" +"Interrupt moderation is employed to limit the maximum number of interrupts " +"the driver has to serve. That is, one or more interrupts (which indicate " +"any transmit or receive packet to be processed) are queued until the driver " +"processes them. When queued interrupts are to be served, is determined by " +"the I parameter, which is explained later below. Possible " +"moderation modes are: I, I or I whereas I is " +"the default. The different modes have the following meaning:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:449 +msgid "" +"I No interrupt moderation is applied on the adapter card. Therefore, " +"each transmit or receive interrupt is served immediately as soon as it " +"appears on the interrupt line of the adapter card." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:464 +msgid "" +"I Interrupt moderation is applied on the adapter card. All transmit " +"and receive interrupts are queued until a complete moderation interval " +"ends. If such a moderation interval ends, all queued interrupts are " +"processed in one big bunch without any delay. The term I reflects " +"the fact, that interrupt moderation is always enabled, regardless how much " +"network load is currently passing via a particular interface. In addition, " +"the duration of the moderation interval has a fixed length that never " +"changes while the driver is operational." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:475 +msgid "" +"I Interrupt moderation might be applied on the adapter card, " +"depending on the load of the system. If the driver detects that the system " +"load is too high, the driver tries to shield the system against too much " +"network load by enabling interrupt moderation. If \\(em at a later time " +"\\(em the CPU utilization decreases again (or if the network load is " +"negligible) the interrupt moderation will automatically be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:481 +msgid "" +"Interrupt moderation should be used when the driver has to handle one or " +"more interfaces with a high network load, which \\(em as a consequence \\(em " +"leads also to a high CPU utilization. When moderation is applied in such " +"high network load situations, CPU load might be reduced by 20-30% on slow " +"computers." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:485 +msgid "" +"Note that the drawback of using interrupt moderation is an increase of the " +"round-trip-time (RTT), due to the queuing and serving of interrupts at " +"dedicated moderation times." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:485 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:495 +msgid "" +"This parameter determines the length of any interrupt moderation interval. " +"Assuming that static interrupt moderation is to be used, an I " +"parameter value of 2000 will lead to an interrupt moderation interval of 500 " +"microseconds. Possible values for this parameter are in the range of " +"30...40000 (interrupts per second). The default value is 2000." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:499 +msgid "" +"This parameter is only used, if either static or dynamic interrupt " +"moderation is enabled on a network adapter card. This parameter is ignored " +"if no moderation is applied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:506 +msgid "" +"Note that the duration of the moderation interval is to be chosen with " +"care. At first glance, selecting a very long duration (e.g., only 100 " +"interrupts per second) seems to be meaningful, but the increase of packet-" +"processing delay is tremendous. On the other hand, selecting a very short " +"moderation time might compensate the use of any moderation being applied." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:506 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:519 +msgid "" +"This parameter is used to force the preferred port to A or B (on dual-port " +"network adapters). The preferred port is the one that is used if both ports " +"A and B are detected as fully functional. Possible values are: I or I " +"whereas I is the default." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:519 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:536 +msgid "" +"RLMT monitors the status of the port. If the link of the active port fails, " +"RLMT switches immediately to the standby link. The virtual link is " +"maintained as long as at least one \"physical\" link is up. This parameters " +"states how RLMT should monitor both ports. Possible values are: " +"I, I, I or I whereas " +"I is the default. The different modes have the following " +"meaning:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:541 +msgid "" +"I Check link state only: RLMT uses the link state reported " +"by the adapter hardware for each individual port to determine whether a port " +"can be used for all network traffic or not." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:549 +msgid "" +"I In this mode, RLMT monitors the network path between the " +"two ports of an adapter by regularly exchanging packets between them. This " +"mode requires a network configuration in which the two ports are able to " +"\"see\" each other (i.e., there must not be any router between the ports)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:558 +msgid "" +"I Check local port and segmentation: This mode supports the same " +"functions as the CheckLocalPort mode and additionally checks network " +"segmentation between the ports. Therefore, this mode is only to be used if " +"Gigabit Ethernet switches are installed on the network that have been " +"configured to use the Spanning Tree protocol." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:569 +msgid "" +"I In this mode, ports A and B are used as separate devices. If you " +"have a dual port adapter, port A will be configured as I and port B " +"as I. Both ports can be used independently with distinct IP " +"addresses. The preferred port setting is not used. RLMT is turned off." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:578 +msgid "" +"Note that RLMT modes I and I are designed to " +"operate in configurations where a network path between the ports on one " +"adapter exists. Moreover, they are not designed to work where adapters are " +"connected back-to-back." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:579 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:585 +msgid "" +"The statistics file of a particular interface of an adapter card. It " +"contains generic information about the adapter card plus a detailed summary " +"of all transmit and receive counters." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:585 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:596 +msgid "" +"This is the I file of the I driver. It contains a detailed " +"installation HOWTO and describes all parameters of the driver. It denotes " +"also common problems and provides the solution to them." +msgstr "" + +#. .SH AUTHORS +#. Ralph Roesler \(em rroesler@syskonnect.de +#. .br +#. Mirko Lindner \(em mlindner@syskonnect.de +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:602 +msgid "Report any bugs to linux@syskonnect.de" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/sk98lin.4:606 +msgid "B(8), B(8), B(8)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "ST" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:23 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2007-12-16" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:26 +msgid "st - SCSI tape device" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:29 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B<#include Esys/mtio.hE>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:34 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"BIB<, int >IB< [, (void *)>IB<]);>\n" +"BIB<, MTIOCTOP, (struct mtop *)>IB<);>\n" +"BIB<, MTIOCGET, (struct mtget *)>IB<);>\n" +"BIB<, MTIOCPOS, (struct mtpos *)>IB<);>\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:44 +msgid "" +"The B driver provides the interface to a variety of SCSI tape devices. " +"Currently, the driver takes control of all detected devices of type " +"\\(lqsequential-access\\(rq. The B driver uses major device number 9." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:64 +msgid "" +"Each device uses eight minor device numbers. The lowermost five bits in the " +"minor numbers are assigned sequentially in the order of detection. In the " +"2.6 kernel, the bits above the eight lowermost bits are concatenated to the " +"five lowermost bits to form the tape number. The minor numbers can be " +"grouped into two sets of four numbers: the principal (auto-rewind) minor " +"device numbers, I, and the \\(lqno-rewind\\(rq device numbers, (I + " +"128). Devices opened using the principal device number will be sent a " +"B command when they are closed. Devices opened using the \\(lqno-" +"rewind\\(rq device number will not. (Note that using an auto-rewind device " +"for positioning the tape with, for instance, mt does not lead to the desired " +"result: the tape is rewound after the mt command and the next command starts " +"from the beginning of the tape)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:78 +msgid "" +"Within each group, four minor numbers are available to define devices with " +"different characteristics (block size, compression, density, etc.) When the " +"system starts up, only the first device is available. The other three are " +"activated when the default characteristics are defined (see below). (By " +"changing compile-time constants, it is possible to change the balance " +"between the maximum number of tape drives and the number of minor numbers " +"for each drive. The default allocation allows control of 32 tape drives. " +"For instance, it is possible to control up to 64 tape drives with two minor " +"numbers for different options.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:80 +msgid "Devices are typically created by:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"mknod -m 666 /dev/st0 c 9 0\n" +"mknod -m 666 /dev/st0l c 9 32\n" +"mknod -m 666 /dev/st0m c 9 64\n" +"mknod -m 666 /dev/st0a c 9 96\n" +"mknod -m 666 /dev/nst0 c 9 128\n" +"mknod -m 666 /dev/nst0l c 9 160\n" +"mknod -m 666 /dev/nst0m c 9 192\n" +"mknod -m 666 /dev/nst0a c 9 224\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:95 +msgid "There is no corresponding block device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:110 +msgid "" +"The driver uses an internal buffer that has to be large enough to hold at " +"least one tape block. In kernels before 2.1.121, the buffer is allocated as " +"one contiguous block. This limits the block size to the largest contiguous " +"block of memory the kernel allocator can provide. The limit is currently " +"128 kB for 32-bit architectures and 256 kB for 64-bit architectures. In " +"newer kernels the driver allocates the buffer in several parts if " +"necessary. By default, the maximum number of parts is 16. This means that " +"the maximum block size is very large (2 MB if allocation of 16 blocks of 128 " +"kB succeeds)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:119 +msgid "" +"The driver's internal buffer size is determined by a compile-time constant " +"which can be overridden with a kernel startup option. In addition to this, " +"the driver tries to allocate a larger temporary buffer at run time if " +"necessary. However, run-time allocation of large contiguous blocks of " +"memory may fail and it is advisable not to rely too much on dynamic buffer " +"allocation with kernels older than 2.1.121 (this applies also to demand-" +"loading the driver with kerneld or kmod)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:132 +msgid "" +"The driver does not specifically support any tape drive brand or model. " +"After system start-up the tape device options are defined by the drive " +"firmware. For example, if the drive firmware selects fixed-block mode, the " +"tape device uses fixed-block mode. The options can be changed with explicit " +"B(2) calls and remain in effect when the device is closed and " +"reopened. Setting the options affects both the auto-rewind and the non-" +"rewind device." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:141 +msgid "" +"Different options can be specified for the different devices within the " +"subgroup of four. The options take effect when the device is opened. For " +"example, the system administrator can define one device that writes in fixed-" +"block mode with a certain block size, and one which writes in variable-block " +"mode (if the drive supports both modes)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:164 +msgid "" +"The driver supports B if they are supported by the drive. " +"(Note that the tape partitions have nothing to do with disk partitions. A " +"partitioned tape can be seen as several logical tapes within one medium.) " +"Partition support has to be enabled with an B(2). The tape location " +"is preserved within each partition across partition changes. The partition " +"used for subsequent tape operations is selected with an B(2). The " +"partition switch is executed together with the next tape operation in order " +"to avoid unnecessary tape movement. The maximum number of partitions on a " +"tape is defined by a compile-time constant (originally four). The driver " +"contains an B(2) that can format a tape with either one or two " +"partitions." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:169 +msgid "" +"Device I is usually created as a hard or soft link to the default " +"tape device on the system." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:173 +msgid "" +"Starting from kernel 2.6.2, the driver exports in the sysfs directory I the attached devices and some parameters assigned to the " +"devices." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:173 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Data Transfer" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:186 +msgid "" +"The driver supports operation in both fixed-block mode and variable-block " +"mode (if supported by the drive). In fixed-block mode the drive writes " +"blocks of the specified size and the block size is not dependent on the byte " +"counts of the write system calls. In variable-block mode one tape block is " +"written for each write call and the byte count determines the size of the " +"corresponding tape block. Note that the blocks on the tape don't contain " +"any information about the writing mode: when reading, the only important " +"thing is to use commands that accept the block sizes on the tape." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:195 +msgid "" +"In variable-block mode the read byte count does not have to match the tape " +"block size exactly. If the byte count is larger than the next block on " +"tape, the driver returns the data and the function returns the actual block " +"size. If the block size is larger than the byte count, the requested amount " +"of data from the start of the block is returned and the rest of the block is " +"discarded." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:204 +msgid "" +"In fixed-block mode the read byte counts can be arbitrary if buffering is " +"enabled, or a multiple of the tape block size if buffering is disabled. " +"Kernels before 2.1.121 allow writes with arbitrary byte count if buffering " +"is enabled. In all other cases (kernel before 2.1.121 with buffering " +"disabled or newer kernel) the write byte count must be a multiple of the " +"tape block size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:213 +msgid "" +"In the 2.6 kernel, the driver tries to use direct transfers between the user " +"buffer and the device. If this is not possible, the driver's internal " +"buffer is used. The reasons for not using direct transfers include improper " +"alignment of the user buffer (default is 512 bytes but this can be changed " +"by the HBA driver), one of more pages of the user buffer not reachable by " +"the SCSI adapter, etc." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:216 +msgid "" +"A filemark is automatically written to tape if the last tape operation " +"before close was a write." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:228 +msgid "" +"When a filemark is encountered while reading, the following happens. If " +"there are data remaining in the buffer when the filemark is found, the " +"buffered data is returned. The next read returns zero bytes. The following " +"read returns data from the next file. The end of recorded data is signaled " +"by returning zero bytes for two consecutive read calls. The third read " +"returns an error." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:228 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Ioctls" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:239 +msgid "" +"The driver supports three B(2) requests. Requests not recognized by " +"the B driver are passed to the B driver. The definitions below " +"are from I:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:239 +#, no-wrap +msgid "MTIOCTOP \\(em Perform a tape operation" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:247 +msgid "" +"This request takes an argument of type I<(struct mtop *)>. Not all drives " +"support all operations. The driver returns an B error if the drive " +"rejects an operation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:255 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"/* Structure for MTIOCTOP - mag tape op command: */\n" +"struct mtop {\n" +" short mt_op; /* operations defined below */\n" +" int mt_count; /* how many of them */\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:259 +msgid "Magnetic Tape operations for normal tape use:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:264 +msgid "Backward space over I filemarks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:264 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:270 +msgid "" +"Backward space over I filemarks. Reposition the tape to the EOT " +"side of the last filemark." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:270 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:275 +msgid "Backward space over I records (tape blocks)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:275 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:280 +msgid "Backward space over I setmarks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:280 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:288 +msgid "" +"Enable compression of tape data within the drive if I is non-zero " +"and disable compression if I is zero. This command uses the MODE " +"page 15 supported by most DATs." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:288 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:291 +msgid "Go to the end of the recorded media (for appending files)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:291 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:297 +msgid "" +"Erase tape. With 2.6 kernel, short erase (mark tape empty) is performed if " +"the argument is zero. Otherwise long erase (erase all) is done." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:297 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:302 +msgid "Forward space over I filemarks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:302 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:308 +msgid "" +"Forward space over I filemarks. Reposition the tape to the BOT " +"side of the last filemark." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:308 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:313 +msgid "Forward space over I records (tape blocks)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:313 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:318 +msgid "Forward space over I setmarks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:318 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:329 +msgid "" +"Execute the SCSI load command. A special case is available for some HP " +"autoloaders. If I is the constant B plus a " +"number, the number is sent to the drive to control the autoloader." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:329 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:332 +msgid "Lock the tape drive door." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:332 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:346 +msgid "" +"Format the tape into one or two partitions. If I is non-zero, it " +"gives the size of the first partition and the second partition contains the " +"rest of the tape. If I is zero, the tape is formatted into one " +"partition. This command is not allowed for a drive unless the partition " +"support is enabled for the drive (see B below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:346 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:351 +msgid "" +"No op \\(em flushes the driver's buffer as a side effect. Should be used " +"before reading status with B." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:351 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:354 +msgid "Rewind and put the drive off line." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:354 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:357 +msgid "Reset drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:357 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:360 +msgid "Re-tension tape." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:360 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:363 +msgid "Rewind." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:363 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:375 +msgid "" +"Seek to the tape block number specified in I. This operation " +"requires either a SCSI-2 drive that supports the B command (device-" +"specific address) or a Tandberg-compatible SCSI-1 drive (Tandberg, Archive " +"Viper, Wangtek, ...). The block number should be one that was previously " +"returned by B if device-specific addresses are used." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:375 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:380 +msgid "" +"Set the drive's block length to the value specified in I. A block " +"length of zero sets the drive to variable block size mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:380 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:386 +msgid "" +"Set the tape density to the code in I. The density codes " +"supported by a drive can be found from the drive documentation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:386 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:395 +msgid "" +"The active partition is switched to I. The partitions are " +"numbered from zero. This command is not allowed for a drive unless the " +"partition support is enabled for the drive (see B " +"below)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:395 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:398 +msgid "Execute the SCSI unload command (does not eject the tape)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:398 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:401 +msgid "Unlock the tape drive door." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:401 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:406 +msgid "Write I filemarks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:406 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:411 +msgid "Write I setmarks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:413 +msgid "" +"Magnetic Tape operations for setting of device options (by the superuser):" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:413 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:422 +msgid "" +"Set various drive and driver options according to bits encoded in " +"I. These consist of the drive's buffering mode, a set of Boolean " +"driver options, the buffer write threshold, defaults for the block size and " +"density, and timeouts (only in kernels 2.1 and later). A single operation " +"can affect only one item in the list above (the Booleans counted as one " +"item.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:426 +msgid "" +"A value having zeros in the high-order 4 bits will be used to set the " +"drive's buffering mode. The buffering modes are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:427 +#, no-wrap +msgid "0" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:432 +msgid "" +"The drive will not report B status on write commands until the data " +"blocks are actually written to the medium." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:432 +#, no-wrap +msgid "1" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:437 +msgid "" +"The drive may report B status on write commands as soon as all the " +"data has been transferred to the drive's internal buffer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:437 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:444 +msgid "" +"The drive may report B status on write commands as soon as (a) all the " +"data has been transferred to the drive's internal buffer, and (b) all " +"buffered data from different initiators has been successfully written to the " +"medium." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:455 +msgid "" +"To control the write threshold the value in I must include the " +"constant B logically ORed with a block count in the " +"low 28 bits. The block count refers to 1024-byte blocks, not the physical " +"block size on the tape. The threshold cannot exceed the driver's internal " +"buffer size (see DESCRIPTION, above)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:476 +msgid "" +"To set and clear the Boolean options the value in I must include " +"one of the constants B, B, " +"B, or B logically or'ed with " +"whatever combination of the following options is desired. Using " +"B the options can be set to the values defined in the " +"corresponding bits. With B the options can be " +"selectively set and with B selectively cleared." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:484 +msgid "" +"The default options for a tape device are set with B. A " +"non-active tape device (e.g., device with minor 32 or 160) is activated when " +"the default options for it are defined the first time. An activated device " +"inherits from the device activated at start-up the options not set " +"explicitly." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:486 +msgid "The Boolean options are:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:487 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B (Default: true)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:502 +msgid "" +"Buffer all write operations in fixed-block mode. If this option is false " +"and the drive uses a fixed block size, then all write operations must be for " +"a multiple of the block size. This option must be set false to write " +"reliable multi-volume archives. B (Default: true) When " +"this option is true, write operations return immediately without waiting for " +"the data to be transferred to the drive if the data fits into the driver's " +"buffer. The write threshold determines how full the buffer must be before a " +"new SCSI write command is issued. Any errors reported by the drive will be " +"held until the next operation. This option must be set false to write " +"reliable multi-volume archives." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:502 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B (Default: true)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:508 +msgid "" +"This option causes the driver to provide read buffering and read-ahead in " +"fixed-block mode. If this option is false and the drive uses a fixed block " +"size, then all read operations must be for a multiple of the block size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:508 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B (Default: false)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:514 +msgid "" +"This option modifies the driver behavior when a file is closed. The normal " +"action is to write a single filemark. If the option is true the driver will " +"write two filemarks and backspace over the second one." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:523 +msgid "" +"Note: This option should not be set true for QIC tape drives since they are " +"unable to overwrite a filemark. These drives detect the end of recorded " +"data by testing for blank tape rather than two consecutive filemarks. Most " +"other current drives also detect the end of recorded data and using two " +"filemarks is usually necessary only when interchanging tapes with some other " +"systems." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:523 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B (Default: false)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:529 +msgid "" +"This option turns on various debugging messages from the driver (effective " +"only if the driver was compiled with B defined non-zero)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:529 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B (Default: false)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:543 +msgid "" +"This option causes the B operation to be sent directly to the drive, " +"potentially speeding up the operation but causing the driver to lose track " +"of the current file number normally returned by the B request. If " +"B is false the driver will respond to an B request by " +"forward spacing over files." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:543 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B (Default: false)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:547 +msgid "" +"When this option is true, the drive door is locked when the device is opened " +"and unlocked when it is closed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:547 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B (Default: false)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:564 +msgid "" +"The tape options (block size, mode, compression, etc.) may change when " +"changing from one device linked to a drive to another device linked to the " +"same drive depending on how the devices are defined. This option defines " +"when the changes are enforced by the driver using SCSI-commands and when the " +"drives auto-detection capabilities are relied upon. If this option is " +"false, the driver sends the SCSI-commands immediately when the device is " +"changed. If the option is true, the SCSI-commands are not sent until a " +"write is requested. In this case the drive firmware is allowed to detect " +"the tape structure when reading and the SCSI-commands are used only to make " +"sure that a tape is written according to the correct specification." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:564 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B (Default: false)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:577 +msgid "" +"When read-ahead is used, the tape must sometimes be spaced backward to the " +"correct position when the device is closed and the SCSI command to space " +"backwards over records is used for this purpose. Some older drives can't " +"process this command reliably and this option can be used to instruct the " +"driver not to use the command. The end result is that, with read-ahead and " +"fixed-block mode, the tape may not be correctly positioned within a file " +"when the device is closed. With 2.6 kernel, the default is true for drives " +"supporting SCSI-3." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:577 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B (Default: false)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:586 +msgid "" +"Some drives don't accept the B SCSI command. If this is " +"used, the driver does not use the command. The drawback is that the driver " +"can't check before sending commands if the selected block size is acceptable " +"to the drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:586 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B (Default: false)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:591 +msgid "" +"This option enables support for several partitions within a tape. The " +"option applies to all devices linked to a drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:591 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B (Default: false)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:606 +msgid "" +"This option instructs the driver to use the logical block addresses defined " +"in the SCSI-2 standard when performing the seek and tell operations (both " +"with B and B commands and when changing tape partition). " +"Otherwise the device-specific addresses are used. It is highly advisable to " +"set this option if the drive supports the logical addresses because they " +"count also filemarks. There are some drives that only support the logical " +"block addresses." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:606 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B (Default: false)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:617 +msgid "" +"When this option is enabled, the tape devices use the SystemV semantics. " +"Otherwise the BSD semantics are used. The most important difference between " +"the semantics is what happens when a device used for reading is closed: in " +"System V semantics the tape is spaced forward past the next filemark if this " +"has not happened while using the device. In BSD semantics the tape position " +"is not changed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:617 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B (Default: false)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:621 +msgid "" +"Enables immediate mode (i.e., don't wait for the command to finish) for some " +"commands (e.g., rewind)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:623 +msgid "An example:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:631 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct mtop mt_cmd;\n" +"mt_cmd.mt_op = MTSETDRVBUFFER;\n" +"mt_cmd.mt_count = MT_ST_BOOLEANS |\n" +" MT_ST_BUFFER_WRITES | MT_ST_ASYNC_WRITES;\n" +"ioctl(fd, MTIOCTOP, mt_cmd);\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:641 +msgid "" +"The default block size for a device can be set with B and " +"the default density code can be set with B. The values " +"for the parameters are or'ed with the operation code." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:658 +msgid "" +"With kernels 2.1.x and later, the timeout values can be set with the " +"subcommand B ORed with the timeout in seconds. The long " +"timeout (used for rewinds and other commands that may take a long time) can " +"be set with B. The kernel defaults are very long to " +"make sure that a successful command is not timed out with any drive. " +"Because of this the driver may seem stuck even if it is only waiting for the " +"timeout. These commands can be used to set more practical values for a " +"specific drive. The timeouts set for one device apply for all devices " +"linked to the same drive." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:679 +msgid "" +"Starting from kernels 2.4.19 and 2.5.43, the driver supports a status bit " +"which indicates whether the drive requests cleaning. The method used by the " +"drive to return cleaning information is set using the B " +"subcommand. If the value is zero, the cleaning bit is always zero. If the " +"value is one, the TapeAlert data defined in the SCSI-3 standard is used (not " +"yet implemented). Values 2-17 are reserved. If the lowest eight bits are " +"E= 18, bits from the extended sense data are used. The bits 9-16 " +"specify a mask to select the bits to look at and the bits 17-23 specify the " +"bit pattern to look for. If the bit pattern is zero, one or more bits under " +"the mask indicate the cleaning request. If the pattern is non-zero, the " +"pattern must match the masked sense data byte." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:679 +#, no-wrap +msgid "MTIOCGET \\(em Get status" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:683 +msgid "This request takes an argument of type I<(struct mtget *)>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:698 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"/* structure for MTIOCGET - mag tape get status command */\n" +"struct mtget {\n" +" long mt_type;\n" +" long mt_resid;\n" +" /* the following registers are device dependent */\n" +" long mt_dsreg;\n" +" long mt_gstat;\n" +" long mt_erreg;\n" +" /* The next two fields are not always used */\n" +" daddr_t mt_fileno;\n" +" daddr_t mt_blkno;\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:700 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:709 +msgid "" +"The header file defines many values for I, but the current driver " +"reports only the generic types B (Generic SCSI-1 tape) and " +"B (Generic SCSI-2 tape)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:709 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:711 +msgid "contains the current tape partition number." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:711 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:720 +msgid "" +"reports the drive's current settings for block size (in the low 24 bits) and " +"density (in the high 8 bits). These fields are defined by " +"B, B, B, and " +"B." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:720 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:723 +msgid "" +"reports generic (device independent) status information. The header file " +"defines macros for testing these status bits:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:730 +msgid "" +"B(I): The tape is positioned just after a filemark (always false " +"after an B operation)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:736 +msgid "" +"B(I): The tape is positioned at the beginning of the first file " +"(always false after an B operation)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:739 +msgid "" +"B(I): A tape operation has reached the physical End Of Tape." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:745 +msgid "" +"B(I): The tape is currently positioned at a setmark (always false " +"after an B operation)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:748 +msgid "B(I): The tape is positioned at the end of recorded data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:753 +msgid "" +"B(I): The drive is write-protected. For some drives this " +"can also mean that the drive does not support writing on the current medium " +"type." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:758 +msgid "" +"B(I): The last B(2) found the drive with a tape in " +"place and ready for operation." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:762 +msgid "" +"B(I), B(I), B(I): This " +"\\(lqgeneric\\(rq status information reports the current density setting for " +"9-track \\(12\" tape drives only." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:765 +msgid "B(I): The drive does not have a tape in place." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:773 +msgid "" +"B(I): Immediate report mode. This bit is set if there are " +"no guarantees that the data has been physically written to the tape when the " +"write call returns. It is set zero only when the driver does not buffer " +"data and the drive is set not to buffer data." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:777 +msgid "" +"B(I): The drive has requested cleaning. Implemented in kernels " +"since 2.4.19 and 2.5.43." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:778 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:788 +msgid "" +"The only field defined in I is the recovered error count in the " +"low 16 bits (as defined by B and " +"B. Due to inconsistencies in the way drives report " +"recovered errors, this count is often not maintained (most drives do not by " +"default report soft errors but this can be changed with a SCSI MODE SELECT " +"command)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:788 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:794 +msgid "" +"reports the current file number (zero-based). This value is set to -1 when " +"the file number is unknown (e.g., after B or B)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: IP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:794 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:801 +msgid "" +"reports the block number (zero-based) within the current file. This value " +"is set to -1 when the block number is unknown (e.g., after B, " +"B, or B)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:801 +#, no-wrap +msgid "MTIOCPOS \\(em Get tape position" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:815 +msgid "" +"This request takes an argument of type I<(struct mtpos *)> and reports the " +"drive's notion of the current tape block number, which is not the same as " +"I returned by B. This drive must be a SCSI-2 drive that " +"supports the B command (device-specific address) or a " +"Tandberg-compatible SCSI-1 drive (Tandberg, Archive Viper, Wangtek, ... )." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:822 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"/* structure for MTIOCPOS - mag tape get position command */\n" +"struct mtpos {\n" +" long mt_blkno; /* current block number */\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:826 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:831 +msgid "" +"An attempt was made to write or erase a write-protected tape. (This error " +"is not detected during B(2).)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:831 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:835 +msgid "" +"The device is already in use or the driver was unable to allocate a buffer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:835 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:839 +msgid "" +"The command parameters point to memory not belonging to the calling process." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:844 +msgid "" +"An B(2) had an invalid argument, or a requested block size was " +"invalid." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:844 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:847 +msgid "The requested operation could not be completed." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:847 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:854 +msgid "" +"The byte count in B(2) is smaller than the next physical block on the " +"tape. (Before 2.2.18 and 2.4.0-test6 the extra bytes have been silently " +"ignored.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:854 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:858 +msgid "" +"A write operation could not be completed because the tape reached end-of-" +"medium." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:858 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:862 +msgid "Unknown B(2)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:862 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:865 +msgid "During opening, the tape device does not exist." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:865 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:869 +msgid "" +"An attempt was made to read or write a variable-length block that is larger " +"than the driver's internal buffer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:869 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:876 +msgid "" +"Open is attempted with B or B when the tape in the drive " +"is write-protected." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:877 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:880 +msgid "the auto-rewind SCSI tape devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:880 +#, no-wrap +msgid "I" +msgstr "" + +#. .SH AUTHOR +#. The driver has been written by Kai M\(:akisara (Kai.Makisara@metla.fi) +#. starting from a driver written by Dwayne Forsyth. +#. Several other +#. people have also contributed to the driver. +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:888 +msgid "the non-rewind SCSI tape devices" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:909 +msgid "" +"When exchanging data between systems, both systems have to agree on the " +"physical tape block size. The parameters of a drive after startup are often " +"not the ones most operating systems use with these devices. Most systems " +"use drives in variable-block mode if the drive supports that mode. This " +"applies to most modern drives, including DATs, 8mm helical scan drives, " +"DLTs, etc. It may be advisable to use these drives in variable-block mode " +"also in Linux (i.e., use B or B at system startup to " +"set the mode), at least when exchanging data with a foreign system. The " +"drawback of this is that a fairly large tape block size has to be used to " +"get acceptable data transfer rates on the SCSI bus." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:916 +msgid "" +"Many programs (e.g., B(1)) allow the user to specify the blocking " +"factor on the command line. Note that this determines the physical block " +"size on tape only in variable-block mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:923 +msgid "" +"In order to use SCSI tape drives, the basic SCSI driver, a SCSI-adapter " +"driver and the SCSI tape driver must be either configured into the kernel or " +"loaded as modules. If the SCSI-tape driver is not present, the drive is " +"recognized but the tape support described in this page is not available." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:928 +msgid "" +"The driver writes error messages to the console/log. The SENSE codes " +"written into some messages are automatically translated to text if verbose " +"SCSI messages are enabled in kernel configuration." +msgstr "" + +#. .SH COPYRIGHT +#. Copyright \(co 1995 Robert K. Nichols. +#. .br +#. Copyright \(co 1999-2005 Kai M\(:akisara. +#. .PP +#. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this +#. manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are +#. preserved on all copies. +#. Additional permissions are contained in the header of the source file. +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:950 +msgid "" +"The driver's internal buffering allows good throughput in fixed-block mode " +"also with small B(2) and B(2) byte counts. With direct " +"transfers this is not possible and may cause a surprise when moving to the " +"2.6 kernel. The solution is to tell the software to use larger transfers " +"(often telling it to use larger blocks). If this is not possible, direct " +"transfers can be disabled." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:952 +msgid "B(1)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/st.4:960 +msgid "" +"The file I or I (kernel " +"E= 2.6) in the kernel sources contains the most recent information about " +"the driver and its configuration possibilities." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/tty.4:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TTY" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/tty.4:27 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2003-04-07" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty.4:30 +msgid "tty - controlling terminal" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty.4:34 +msgid "" +"The file I is a character file with major number 5 and minor " +"number 0, usually of mode 0666 and owner.group root.tty. It is a synonym " +"for the controlling terminal of a process, if any." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty.4:41 +msgid "" +"In addition to the B(2) requests supported by the device that B " +"refers to, the B(2) request B is supported." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/tty.4:41 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TIOCNOTTY" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty.4:43 +msgid "Detach the calling process from its controlling terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty.4:51 +msgid "" +"If the process is the session leader, then B and B signals " +"are sent to the foreground process group and all processes in the current " +"session lose their controlling tty." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty.4:63 +msgid "" +"This B(2) call only works on file descriptors connected to I. It is used by daemon processes when they are invoked by a user at a " +"terminal. The process attempts to open I. If the open succeeds, " +"it detaches itself from the terminal by using B, while if the " +"open fails, it is obviously not attached to a terminal and does not need to " +"detach itself." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty.4:65 +msgid "/dev/tty" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty.4:75 +msgid "" +"B(1), B(1), B(2), B(3), B(4), " +"B(4), B(4), B(8), B(8)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "TTY_IOCTL" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TH +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:5 +#, no-wrap +msgid "2008-10-29" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:8 +msgid "tty ioctl - ioctls for terminals and serial lines" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:10 +msgid "B<#include Etermios.hE>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:12 +msgid "BIB<, int >IB<, ...);>" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:18 +msgid "" +"The B() call for terminals and serial ports accepts many possible " +"command arguments. Most require a third argument, of varying type, here " +"called I or I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:25 +msgid "" +"Use of I makes for non-portable programs. Use the POSIX interface " +"described in B(3) whenever possible." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:25 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Get and Set Terminal Attributes" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:26 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:30 +msgid "Equivalent to I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:32 +msgid "Get the current serial port settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:32 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:36 +msgid "Equivalent to I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:38 +msgid "Set the current serial port settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:38 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:42 +msgid "Equivalent to I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:45 +msgid "" +"Allow the output buffer to drain, and set the current serial port settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:45 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:49 +msgid "Equivalent to I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:52 +msgid "" +"Allow the output buffer to drain, discard pending input, and set the current " +"serial port settings." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:62 +msgid "" +"The following four ioctls are just like B, B, B, " +"B, except that they take a I instead of a I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:62 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:64 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:66 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:68 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:70 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Locking the termios structure" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:78 +msgid "" +"The I structure of a terminal can be locked. The lock is itself a " +"I structure, with non-zero bits or fields indicating a locked value." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:78 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:83 +msgid "Gets the locking status of the I structure of the terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:83 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:91 +msgid "" +"Sets the locking status of the I structure of the terminal. Only " +"root (more precisely: a process with the B capability) can do " +"this." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:91 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Get and Set Window Size" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:96 +msgid "" +"Window sizes are kept in the kernel, but not used by the kernel (except in " +"the case of virtual consoles, where the kernel will update the window size " +"when the size of the virtual console changes, for example, by loading a new " +"font)." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:99 +msgid "" +"The following constants and structure are defined in Isys/ioctl." +"hE>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:99 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:102 +msgid "Get window size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:102 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:105 +msgid "Set window size." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:107 +msgid "The struct used by these ioctls is defined as" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:116 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"struct winsize {\n" +" unsigned short ws_row;\n" +" unsigned short ws_col;\n" +" unsigned short ws_xpixel; /* unused */\n" +" unsigned short ws_ypixel; /* unused */\n" +"};\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:123 +msgid "" +"When the window size changes, a B signal is sent to the foreground " +"process group." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:123 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Sending a Break" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:124 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:128 +msgid "Equivalent to I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:139 +msgid "" +"If the terminal is using asynchronous serial data transmission, and I " +"is zero, then send a break (a stream of zero bits) for between 0.25 and 0.5 " +"seconds. If the terminal is not using asynchronous serial data " +"transmission, then either a break is sent, or the function returns without " +"doing anything. When I is non-zero, nobody knows what will happen." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:157 +msgid "" +"(SVr4, UnixWare, Solaris, Linux treat I with non-zero " +"I like I. SunOS treats I as a multiplier, and sends " +"a stream of bits I times as long as done for zero I. DG/UX and " +"AIX treat I (when non-zero) as a time interval measured in " +"milliseconds. HP-UX ignores I.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:157 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:165 +msgid "" +"So-called \"POSIX version\" of B. It treats non-zero I as a " +"timeinterval measured in deciseconds, and does nothing when the driver does " +"not support breaks." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:165 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:168 +msgid "Turn break on, that is, start sending zero bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:168 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:171 +msgid "Turn break off, that is, stop sending zero bits." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:171 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Software flow control" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:172 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:176 +msgid "Equivalent to I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:184 +msgid "" +"See B(3) for the argument values B, B, B, " +"B." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:184 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Buffer count and flushing" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:185 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:188 +msgid "Get the number of bytes in the input buffer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:188 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:192 +msgid "Same as B." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:192 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:195 +msgid "Get the number of bytes in the output buffer." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:195 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:199 +msgid "Equivalent to I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:206 +msgid "" +"See B(3) for the argument values B, B, " +"B." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:206 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Faking input" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:207 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:210 +msgid "Insert the given byte in the input queue." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:210 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Redirecting console output" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:211 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:233 +msgid "" +"Redirect output that would have gone to I or I to " +"the given terminal. If that was a pseudo-terminal master, send it to the " +"slave. In Linux before version 2.6.10, anybody can do this as long as the " +"output was not redirected yet; since version 2.6.10, only root (a process " +"with the B capability) may do this. If output was redirected " +"already B is returned, but redirection can be stopped by using this " +"ioctl with I pointing at I or I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:233 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Controlling terminal" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:234 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:248 +msgid "" +"Make the given terminal the controlling terminal of the calling process. " +"The calling process must be a session leader and not have a controlling " +"terminal already. If this terminal is already the controlling terminal of a " +"different session group then the ioctl fails with B, unless the " +"caller is root (more precisely: has the B capability) and " +"I equals 1, in which case the terminal is stolen, and all processes " +"that had it as controlling terminal lose it." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:248 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:259 +msgid "" +"If the given terminal was the controlling terminal of the calling process, " +"give up this controlling terminal. If the process was session leader, then " +"send B and B to the foreground process group and all " +"processes in the current session lose their controlling terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:259 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Process group and session ID" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:260 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:264 +msgid "When successful, equivalent to I<*argp = tcgetpgrp(fd)>." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:266 +msgid "" +"Get the process group ID of the foreground process group on this terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:266 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:270 +msgid "Equivalent to I." +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:272 +msgid "Set the foreground process group ID of this terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:272 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:280 +msgid "" +"Get the session ID of the given terminal. This will fail with B in " +"case the terminal is not a master pseudo-terminal and not our controlling " +"terminal. Strange." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:280 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Exclusive mode" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:281 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:292 +msgid "" +"Put the terminal into exclusive mode. No further B(2) operations on " +"the terminal are permitted. (They will fail with B, except for root, " +"that is, a process with the B capability.)" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:292 +#, no-wrap +msgid "B" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:295 +msgid "Disable exclusive mode." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:295 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Line discipline" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:296 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:299 +msgid "Get the line discipline of the terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:299 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:302 +msgid "Set the line discipline of the terminal." +msgstr "" + +#. type: SS +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:302 +#, no-wrap +msgid "Pseudo-terminal ioctls" +msgstr "" + +#. type: TP +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:303 +#, no-wrap +msgid "BI" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:320 +msgid "" +"Enable (when *I is non-zero) or disable packet mode. Can be applied " +"to the master side of a pseudo-terminal only (and will return B " +"otherwise). In packet mode, each subsequent B(2) will return a " +"packet that either contains a single non-zero control byte, or has a single " +"byte containing zero (\\(aq\\0\\(aq) followed by data written on the slave " +"side of the pseudo-terminal. If the first byte is not B (0), " +"it is an OR of one or more of the following bits:" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:328 +#, no-wrap +msgid "" +"TIOCPKT_FLUSHREAD The read queue for the terminal is flushed.\n" +"TIOCPKT_FLUSHWRITE The write queue for the terminal is flushed.\n" +"TIOCPKT_STOP Output to the terminal is stopped.\n" +"TIOCPKT_START Output to the terminal is restarted.\n" +"TIOCPKT_DOSTOP The start and stop characters are B<^S>/B<^Q>.\n" +"TIOCPKT_NOSTOP The start and stop characters are not B<^S>/B<^Q>.\n" +msgstr "" + +#. type: Plain text +#: manpages/C/man4/tty_ioctl.4:335 +msgid "" +"While this mode is in use, the presence of control status information to be " +"read from the master side may be detected by a B(2) or B(2) for write access to I. These " +"values can be changed by writing to the files." +msgstr "" +"Le fichier I contient le nombre de bits d'entropie " +"nécessaires pour réveiller les processus endormis qui attendaient l'entropie " +"en provenance de I. La valeur par défaut est 64. Le fichier " +"I contient le nombre de bits d'entropie en dessous " +"duquel on réveillera les processus ayant effectué un appel à B(2) the calling process is blocked until the next interrupt from " +"that RTC is received. Following the interrupt, the process can read a long " +"integer, of which the least significant byte contains a bit mask encoding " +"the types of interrupt that occurred, while the remaining 3 bytes contain " +"the number of interrupts since the last B(2)." +msgstr "" +"Le périphérique I (ou I, I, etc.) est en " +"lecture seule et un seul accès simultané est possible. Un processus appelant " +"B(2) ou B(2) for exceptional " +"conditions." +msgstr "" +"Tant que ce mode est utilisé, la présence d'information d'état de contrôle à " +"lire du côté maître peut être détectée avec B